manualshive.com logo in svg

Avaya DEFINITY Server CSI, Maintenance Manual, Page: 474 / 1930

Share
Download
Avaya DEFINITY Server CSI Maintenance Manual Download Page 474

Maintenance Commands

555-233-119

474

Issue 5  October 2002 

status data-module

Use status data-module to display internal software state information that can 
help locate facilities to which the data module is communicating.

Output

The following example shows the output of status data-module 301.

0x64 (0t100)

ISDN protocol error

0x66 (0t102)

ISDN timer expired

0x7f (0t127)

Reason unknown

0xC2 (0t194)

Ring no answer

0xC8 (0t200)

Hi and dry - no feedback detected

0xC9 (0t201)

Cascade link administered wrong

0xCA (0t202)

CPTR not available to detect failure

Action/Object

Qualifier

Qualifier Description

Logins

Defaults

Feature Interactions

busyout mis

extension

print

Data module extension

Report sent to printer

init
inads
craft
cust
rcust
bcms
browse

none

none

Table 26.

Status AC - Failure Cause Values — 

Continued

  

Failure Cause 

(hexadecimal)

Description

Continued on next page

 status data-module 301

                           DATA-MODULE STATUS

 Data Ext/Stn Ext for Stn DM: 301        Service State: out-of-service
         Port/Channel Number: 01C1103    Maintenance Busy? no
          CF Destination Ext:
             Connected Ports:

Summary of Contents for DEFINITY Server CSI

Page 1: ...Maintenance for Avaya DEFINITY Server CSI Volumes 1 and 2 Release 1 2 555 233 119 Issue 5 October 2002...

Page 2: ...rial assets financial resources labor costs and or legal costs Responsibility for Your Company s Telecommunications Security The final responsibility for securing both this system and its net worked e...

Page 3: ...information the FCC registration number and ringer equivalence number REN for this equipment If requested this information must be provided to the telephone company For the G700 Media Gateway This equ...

Page 4: ...3 du Canada For the G700 Media Gateway This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB 003 du Canada This equipment meets...

Page 5: ...00 and CMC1 Media Gateways This is a Class A product based on the standard of the Voluntary Con trol Council for Interference by Information Technology Equipment VCCI If this equipment is used in a do...

Page 6: ......

Page 7: ...d Service Marks 27 How to Order Documentation 28 How to Comment on This Document 28 Where to Call for Technical Support 29 1 Maintenance for CSI systems 31 How to use the Maintenance book 31 CSI desig...

Page 8: ...bleshooting Multimedia Call Handling MMCH 154 2 Maintenance Commands 161 System Command Structure 161 busyout access endpoint 162 busyout board 163 busyout cdr link 165 busyout data module 166 busyout...

Page 9: ...m orig 200 disable synchronization switch 200 disable test number 201 display alarms 201 display capacity 206 display communication interface hop channels 216 display communication interface links 217...

Page 10: ...cense 279 list configuration software version 280 list directory 284 list disabled mos 284 list external device alarm 285 list history 286 list ip route 289 list isdn testcall 290 list marked ports 29...

Page 11: ...sh route table 373 release access endpoint 375 release board 376 release cdr link 377 release data module 378 release journal printer 379 release link 380 release mis 381 release modem pool 381 releas...

Page 12: ...image 403 set ethernet options 404 set options 405 set signaling group 411 set synchronization 411 set tdm 412 set time 413 set tone clock 414 set vector 414 status access endpoint 415 status administ...

Page 13: ...group 500 status sp link 503 status station 504 status synchronization 509 status sys link 511 status system 513 status trunk 517 status tsc administered 521 status tti 522 status val ip 524 test acc...

Page 14: ...endpoint 580 test processor 582 test signaling group 584 test sp link 586 test station 588 test synchronization 590 test sys link 592 test tdm 594 test tone clock 596 test trunk 598 test tsc administe...

Page 15: ...p 747 ATM TRK Circuit Emulation Service Circuit Pack 758 AXA12 BD ADX8D BD AXD12 BD AUDIX Circuit Packs 787 AXA12 RS ADX8D RS AXD12 RS AUDIX Reserve Slots 788 BRI BD LGATE BD ISDN BRI Line Circuit Pac...

Page 16: ...rcuit Pack 1056 DIOD TRK DIOD Trunk 1056 DLY MTCE MO DAILY 1066 DS1 BD DS1 Interface Circuit Pack 1069 DT LN BD Data Line Circuit Pack 1145 DTMR PT Dual Tone Multifrequency Port TTR 1146 E DIG BD Mult...

Page 17: ...ack 1374 MEDPROPT TN802 TN2302 MED PRO DSP PORT 1387 MIS Management Information System 1395 MMI BD 1396 MMI LEV Multimedia Interface Resource Level 1405 MMI PT 1408 MMI SYNC 1414 NO LIC No License 141...

Page 18: ...TBRI PT TN2185 ISDN Trunk Side BRI Port 1624 TBRI TRK TN2185 ISDN Trunk Side BRI 1644 TDMODULE Trunk Data Module 1655 TDM BUS TDM Bus 1656 TDM CLK TDM Bus Clock 1667 TIE BD Tie Trunk Circuit Pack 1676...

Page 19: ...ue 5 October 2002 19 555 233 119 VC BD 1884 VC DSPPT 1888 VC LEV Voice Conditioner DSP Port Level 1896 VC SUMPT 1899 WAE PORT Wideband Access Endpoint Port 1904 XXX BD Common Port Circuit Pack 1911 IN...

Page 20: ...Contents 555 233 119 20 Issue 5 October 2002...

Page 21: ...continuity checks and clarification of operating procedures with users Intended Audience The information in this book is intended for use by A maintenance technician dispatched to an Avaya Definity S...

Page 22: ...procedures and interpreting circuit pack LEDs Chapter 2 Maintenance Commands explains how to use the maintenance commands including specific command syntax typical forms and display output Chapter 3...

Page 23: ...ack codes such as TN2402 TN798 or TN2182B are shown with the minimum acceptable alphabetic suffix like the B in the code TN2182B Generally an alphabetic suffix higher than that shown is also acceptabl...

Page 24: ...rity of the system maintenance personnel must ensure that all cabinet panels covers and so forth are firmly secured before leaving the customer s premises Static Electricity To prevent or reduce elect...

Page 25: ...n this document complies with the following as appropriate ITU T Formerly CCITT ECMA ETSI IPNS DPNSS National ISDN 1 National ISDN 2 ISO 9000 ANSI FCC Part 15 and Part 68 EN55022 EN50081 EN50082 CISPR...

Page 26: ...rbance The system conforms to the following Electromagnetic compatibility General Immunity Standard part 1 residential commercial light industry EN50082 1 CENELEC 1991 Issue 1 1984 and Issue 2 1992 El...

Page 27: ...ith 25 Hz ring generator AC powered Compact Single Carrier Cabinet CSCC with 25 Hz ring generator Enhanced DC Power System Trademarks and Service Marks The following are trademarks or registered trade...

Page 28: ...ictureTel Corporation ProShare registered trademark of Intel Corporation UNIX trademark of X Open Corporation Zydacron registration pending for Zydacron Corporation How to Order Documentation In addit...

Page 29: ...25 7585 Avaya Toll Fraud Intervention 1 800 643 2353 Avaya Technical Service Center maintenance repair 1 800 242 2121 Avaya Corporate Security 1 800 822 9009 1 925 224 3401 North America 1 800 248 111...

Page 30: ...About this Book 555 233 119 30 Issue 5 October 2002...

Page 31: ...ief description of the maintenance strategy and background information on the system s overall functions How to use the Maintenance book This procedure begins with the system raising an alarm against...

Page 32: ...Reported to INADS Reported to console What action to take MAJOR Critical service degradation Y Yes after 4 attempts to call INADS Immediate attention MINOR Some service degradation but does not rende...

Page 33: ...Enter The Alarm Report query screen appears Screen 1 asking if you want to see all alarms or if you want to restrict the list to certain kinds of errors The screen reflects the changes you made in Ste...

Page 34: ...e results of the port test When the port test finishes a Test Results screen appears Screen 4 on page 35 MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 UU is the universal cabinet number 1...

Page 35: ...after you complete all of the recommendations 17 If all tests pass wait approximately 3 5 minutes for the Alarm and Error logs to clear 18 Type display alarms and press Enter twice 19 Check that the D...

Page 36: ...rrier A E slot 0 20 Port Enter 7 character port address in UUCSSss format cabinet 1 44 carrier A E slot 0 20 circuit 01 31 Category Enter category name choose 1 from the list below adm conn announce b...

Page 37: ...the TN777B NETCON including PCM flash card interface and TN765 Processor Interface functions The TN2402 TN798 has 16 Mbytes of FLASH PROM for software text and 16 Mbytes of DRAM for translations and o...

Page 38: ...sion options The maximum number of cabinets is 3 A C The maximum number of slots is 28 Two slots are reserved for the processor and tone clock circuit packs The CSI uses an external modem for reportin...

Page 39: ...nslations TN2182 Tone Clock must be installed in slot 2 This is the only Tone Clock circuit pack allowed in the CMC1 Service circuit packs are the only packs allowed in the CMC1 These universal servic...

Page 40: ...rtitioned into separate entities called Maintenance Objects MOs Each MO is referred to by an upper case mnemonic like name that serves as an abbreviation for the MO For example CO TRK stands for Centr...

Page 41: ...maintenance software puts the error in the Error Log and increments the error counter for that error When an error counter is active greater than zero there is a maintenance record for the MO Alarms...

Page 42: ...ructive and are run only during off hours to avoid service disruptions Fixed interval tests are performed at regular time intervals that cannot be administered These tests run concurrently with period...

Page 43: ...odes the destination equipment checks the physical link reliability corrects any transmission errors and maintains the link When a transmission reaches the destination equipment it strips any layer 2...

Page 44: ...TA MODULE DATA MODULE DATA MODULE DTE DTE DATA MODULE DS1 PORT 1 D I G I T A L P O R T RAW BITS RS232C DS1 FORMAT DCP DMI ASCII 2 P O R T D S 1 DTE T R U N K P O R T A N A L O G ADU ADU DTE E I A P O...

Page 45: ...er s premises Air Filters Air filters should be inspected annually If a filter is dirty or clogged first tap it on the ground If the filter is still dirty or clogged then wash it with warm water and a...

Page 46: ...ically disconnects when the assembly is unplugged 2 Plug in the new fan assembly The power for the fan automatically connects when the fan assembly in plugged in Replace the fan filter access panel an...

Page 47: ...ervices that are lost and that as a result must be reactivated See Removing Power on page 66 The administration terminal display and circuit pack LEDs indicate the progress of the recovery process See...

Page 48: ...BUS TEST PASSED ROM CHECKSUM TEST PASSED CONTROL STATUS TEST PASSED DCACHE TEST PASSED ICACHE TEST PASSED WRITE BUFFER TEST PASSED BTO TEST PASSED TIMER TEST PASSED RESET 2 COLD_2 PERFORMED Reset Syst...

Page 49: ...in 30 seconds In a large system reconnection of all telephones may take up to five minutes Typical displays are INVOKING EMERGENCY TRANSFER INTERNAL REGISTER TEST PASSED LOCAL BUS TEST PASSED ROM CHEC...

Page 50: ...the switch within 30 seconds In a large system reconnection of all telephones may take up to five minutes Finally scheduled maintenance is initiated Typical displays are INVOKING EMERGENCY TRANSFER I...

Page 51: ...indicator and leave a message 2 Check for ring ping single ring pulse each time the lamp flashes approximately every 3 seconds 3 Adjust the neon voltage control clockwise in small increments until the...

Page 52: ...e error correction Forced Password Aging and Administrable Logins This feature provides enhanced login password security by adding a security feature that allows users to define their own logins passw...

Page 53: ...releases are delivered to the customer with one customer super user login password defined The customer is required to administer additional login passwords as needed The super user login has full cu...

Page 54: ...er Logins and Assigning Initial Password on page 56 Remote Access Notification is enabled for your login see Adding Customer Logins and Assigning Initial Password on page 56 Alarm Origination is disab...

Page 55: ...he resource should remain busied out Screen 6 Logoff Screen To Display a Login 1 Enter display login login name and press Enter The following information for the login appears Name Login type Service...

Page 56: ...d password at the login prompt If the login name and password are correct the command line interface appears Administering Customer Logins and Forced Password Aging Adding Customer Logins and Assignin...

Page 57: ...ion feature is enabled 6 Enter y in the Access to INADS Port field to allow access to the remote administration port Default is n This field appears when customer super user access to the INADS Remote...

Page 58: ...istered after logging off poses a significant security risk if you are using the feature in conjunction with the Facility Test Call feature 13 Decide whether or not to leave the default of yes in the...

Page 59: ...ield This field appears when the customer super user access to the INADS Remote Administration Port is enabled 6 Enter a password for the new login in the Login s Password field A password must be fro...

Page 60: ...mmand Permissions Categories screen by entering change permissions login login name When the screen appears for a login the default permissions for that login type are shown The super user administeri...

Page 61: ...______________________ ______________________ _______________________ ______________________ _______________________ ______________________ _______________________ ______________________ _____________...

Page 62: ...inal is a 513 BCT press Enter The 513 in brackets 513 is the system default terminal b If the terminal is a 610 BCT or a 615 MT that has a 513 emulation cartridge press Enter c If the terminal is a 61...

Page 63: ...you log off before reporting such alarms to INADS Logoff Notification alerts system administrators if features that present a significant security risk are enabled A message appears on the system adm...

Page 64: ...re software or processor firmware LMM had a problem Type reset Observe all the diagnostics on the screen and note if the LMM has a problem with any of the diagnostics The procedure to get a system out...

Page 65: ...rom the PPN using the procedure provided in Removing Power 2 Slide the latch pin upward to unlock the locking lever 3 Pull down on the locking lever until the circuit pack disconnects from its socket...

Page 66: ...moved the following features deactivate Attendant Trunk Group Control Automatic Callback Call Park Make Busy for Direct Department Calling DDC and Uniform Call Distribution UCD The procedures for remo...

Page 67: ...system 4 This restarts the system and may take several minutes Wait for the login prompt before proceeding 8 Remove power from the cabinet by pulling the power cord from the AC appliance connector at...

Page 68: ...et 1 Power up the cabinet The AUDIX reboots automatically 2 Check for AUDIX System errors If the AUDIX remained in the cabinet and the cabinet was not powered down 1 At the AUDIX console hold the crtl...

Page 69: ...recommended that save translation be used after business hours so that dial tone delays are not encountered CAUTION Do not use save translation when alarm conditions are present Translation Card Back...

Page 70: ...ete however all other terminals if provided are allowed to perform administration procedures Enter restore announcements to restore the recorded announcements from the translation card back into syste...

Page 71: ...card 8 Label the backup translation card with the date and time it was updated 9 Store the backup translation card in a secure place Translation Card Errors Translation card related failures may be t...

Page 72: ...anslation card 8 Cannot access file wrong type of Card Mem is inserted The correct translation card for the desired operation has not been inserted Load the appropriate translation card 9 File size ex...

Page 73: ...is required on the voice terminal or attendant console Automatic Circuit Assurance ACA assists users in identifying possible trunk malfunctions The system maintains a record of the performance of ind...

Page 74: ...sure that the trunks are busy and not out of service Use the Busy Verification of Terminals and Trunks feature to test the suspected faulty trunks Trunk Identification by Attendant A display equipped...

Page 75: ...ar a dial tone it is coming from the far end If the far end has been disabled you do not hear dial tone However depending on far end administration you may still be able to dial digits All digits dial...

Page 76: ...ne Detector circuit pack To place the call 1 Dial the Facility Test Call Feature Access Code and listen for dial tone The Feature Access Code is set on the Feature Access Codes screen 2 Dial the 6 dig...

Page 77: ...the following tones Confirmation Tone time slot is idle or maintenance busy Reorder Tone time slot is busy Dedicated Tone One of the following tones is heard see Table 5 on page 77 xxx Time slot numbe...

Page 78: ...nfirmation Tone Connection is made Go to Step 3 Reorder Tone No time slots are out of service 3 Repeat from Step 1 to alternate between out of service time slots on TDM Bus A and B 015 271 Alert Tone...

Page 79: ...dentification number listed in Table 6 NOTE For a definition of Call Progress Tones see Administrator s Guide for Avaya MultiVantage Software Table 6 System Tone Identification Numbers Number Descript...

Page 80: ...ion tone 32 Incoming call identification 33 Dial zero 34 Attendant transfer 35 Test calls 36 Recall on don t answer 37 Audible ring 38 Camp on recall 39 Camp on confirmation 40 Hold recall 41 Hold con...

Page 81: ...ed in either the E M or simplex modes 50 Digital milliwatt 51 440 Hz 480 Hz 52 Music 53 Transmission test sequence 100 54 Transmission test sequence 102 55 Laboratory test tone 1 56 Laboratory test to...

Page 82: ...fied in Step 3 This displays the specified trunk group on the administration terminal screen and prints a hard copy on the printer Save this data for later use 6 Enter ch trunk xx to remove all member...

Page 83: ...ed n Dial Access y Busy Threshold 60 Night Service Queue Length 0 Internal Alert n Incoming Destination Comm Type voice Auth Code n TRUNK PARAMETERS Trunk Type in out wink wink Incoming Rotary Timeout...

Page 84: ...10 Cross Connect Field 110 Connecting Block Terminals CO Trunk TN747B Tie Trunk TN760B 1 T1 T1 2 R1 R1 3 T11 4 R11 5 E1 6 M1 7 T2 T2 8 R2 R2 9 T12 10 R12 11 E2 12 M2 13 T3 T3 14 R3 R3 15 T13 16 R13 17...

Page 85: ...rom the Tie Trunk ports and mark the disconnected wires for later reconnecting the Tie Trunk ports back to normal operation 31 T6 32 R6 32 33 34 36 37 T7 38 R7 39 40 41 42 43 T8 44 R8 45 46 47 48 49 5...

Page 86: ...y different combinations to determine defective ports 16 If there is a defective port on the circuit pack try to switch to an unused port However if all ports are normally used then replace the circui...

Page 87: ...nected wires for later when the Tie Trunk ports are placed back into normal operation 6 Use jumper wires DT 24M Y BL R G and the D Impact Tool to connect wiring between the two ports assigned in Step...

Page 88: ...100 provides 1 5 5 seconds of 1004 Hz tone at 0dB 2 Quiet until disconnect disconnect is forced after one minute Test Type 102 provides 1 9 seconds of 1004 Hz tone at 0dB 2 1 second of quiet 3 This c...

Page 89: ...nks are layer 3 Transient problems are diagnosed on Page 2 of the flowchart Figure 6 on page 90 Figure 5 Processing of ISDN PRI Problems Page 1 of 2 ARE THERE ALARMS OR ERRORS AGAINST DETERMINE PRESEN...

Page 90: ...SYNCHRONIZATION SOURCE BEEN SYSTEM SWITCHING IF PROBLEMS STILL EXIST THEN ESCALATE COMPARE INDICATED FACILITY TO RECORD OF PREVIOUS PROBLEMS ARE BIT ERRORS OCCURRING MORE FREQUENTLY THAN PREVIOUS RECO...

Page 91: ...tatus not the SAT START END YES A YES YES FOLLOW REPAIR PROCEDURE IN THE PE BCHL MO SECTION FOLLOW REPAIR PROCEDURE RECOMMENDED BY THE PRI TERMINAL ADAPTER VENDOR OR ISDN ENDPOINT EQUIPMENT VENDOR Are...

Page 92: ...the switch and the endpoint equipment including the premise distribution wiring endpoint equipment and any other noise producing equipment YES Are there bit errors over the DS1 interface between the...

Page 93: ...fier must be entered in the above commands in order for the ISDN test call to run The repeat number can be any number from 1 through 99 default 1 The following information appears in response to the a...

Page 94: ...PRI test call in the asynchronous method type test isdn testcall grp mbr minutes This command enables you to specify a specific the trunk on which to originate the ISDN PRI test call NOTE The optional...

Page 95: ...sdn testcall on page 487 Troubleshooting the Outgoing ISDN Testcall Command If the TestCall BCC field appears on the Trunk Group Administration screen the TestCall BCC field must show the correct BCC...

Page 96: ...e DS1 CPE Loopback Jack apparatus code 700A comcode 107988867 a technician can test the DS1 span between the system and the network interface point The 700A can quickly isolate DS1 problems to either...

Page 97: ...opback jack as shown in Figure 11 on page 105 Configurations Without a Smart Jack 1 Install the loopback jack at the point where the cabling from the ICSU plugs into the dumb block If there is more th...

Page 98: ...ck and attempts to send a simple code from the DS1 board through the wiring and loopback jack and back to the DS1 board Maintenance software waits about 10 seconds for the loopback jack to loop sends...

Page 99: ...oop location to clear the bit error count 6 Enter clear meas ds1 log location to clear the performance measurement counts 7 Enter clear meas ds1 esf location to clear the ESF error count 8 Enter list...

Page 100: ...unt If a count greater than 1 is displayed replace the ICSU and retest If the problem continues replace the DS1 circuit pack Bit Error Count Cumulative count of detected errors If there are no wiring...

Page 101: ...ck Fault Isolation Procedures on page 101 for information on how to proceed in this case The test cannot be successfully terminated until a good signal is received To properly terminate the test befor...

Page 102: ...ine loopback which is typically activated tested and then deactivated by the DS1 service provider at the CO end The local DS1 interface s payload loopback activated and tested by the DS1 service provi...

Page 103: ...nterface at Smart Jack Figure Notes 1 Span Section 1 2 Span Section 2 3 Span Section 3 4 120A2 or later Integrated Channel Service Unit ICSU 5 RJ 48 to Network Interface Up to 1000 Feet 305 m 6 Loopba...

Page 104: ...rt Jack Inaccessible Figure Notes 1 Span Section 1 2 Span Section 2 3 Span Section 3 4 120A2 or later Integrated Channel Service Unit ICSU 5 RJ 48 to Network Interface Up to 1000 Feet 305 m 6 Loopback...

Page 105: ...essible Figure Notes 1 Span Section 1 2 Span Section 2 3 Span Section 3 4 120A2 or later Integrated Channel Service Unit ICSU 5 RJ 48 to Network Interface Up to 1000 Feet 305 m 6 Dumb Block Extended D...

Page 106: ...ions See Figure 12 and Figure 13 on page 107 1 ICSU to the loopback jack 2 Loopback jack to the Central Office CO Figure 12 Network Interface at Dumb Block Figure Notes 1 Span Section 1 2 Span Section...

Page 107: ...ck demarcation point part of the loopback jack This is the only portion o f section 2 that is part of customer premises wiring but is not covered in the loopback jack s loopback path Figure Notes 1 Sp...

Page 108: ...est is terminated by entering test ds1 loop location end loopback span test Bit error counts are examined as described in the DS1 Span Test section This test only isolates problems to section 2 wiring...

Page 109: ...ivalent of a line loopback on the problem DS1 facility this may be activated following a successful loopback jack test and used to isolate problems to the wiring between the loopback jack and the MUX...

Page 110: ...the button associated with the lighted alarm lamp If the lamp is turned off and the alarm has not been resolved by the time maintenance reschedules testing the green status LED will resume its steady...

Page 111: ...the PROCR PR MAINT MEMORY and PR MEM MOs are indicated by the red LED on the Processor circuit pack Green test the system is running tests on this circuit pack Yellow busy this circuit pack is in use...

Page 112: ...wo red LEDs labeled ALM and ACK on the left side of the dial The left LED lights steadily when there is a Major or Minor alarm at the switch cabinet The right LED lights steadily if the alarm has been...

Page 113: ...5 minutes the circuit pack still has not initialized communications with the system check the MO for any special instructions for example EPN Maintenance circuit pack can stop EXP INTF circuit pack f...

Page 114: ...ower up circuit pack reseating resetting and system reset Steadily on if circuit pack fails start up test or fails while in use Off during normal operation Green Briefly on during circuit pack testing...

Page 115: ...120 data sharing capability on a MMCH multipoint H 320 video conference Each conference participant must have endpoints administered and a personal computer with the H 320 video application installed...

Page 116: ...io Subsetting Calls Terminate with No Video Calls Terminate Correctly but Are Unstable Synchronization Voice Activated Switching Problems No Switching Full Motion Video Video Never Switches to a Parti...

Page 117: ...ave used 56 Kbps facilities If so the call may exhibit any of the following conditions No handshaking in one direction or both call disconnects after timeouts Call connects but audio or video is corru...

Page 118: ...he VC resources in use by this conference Try a hot replacement of any VC boards in use which refreshes the VC translations and move all of the audio connections to different VC ports 2 If the problem...

Page 119: ...o switching while the party is the only talker or excessive disconnects from that endpoint Synchronization Generally the most common problem is a mismatch in synchronization sources between the endpoi...

Page 120: ...vent the disruption of the Px64 data stream The customer will get the same level of alarm indications and maintenance on the EI links regardless of the status of scheduled switching PRI D Channel Back...

Page 121: ...column Page 3 of the Status Conference X Endpoint Y screen also has a Broadcaster field that indicates MCV is in effect with SEE ME as the broadcaster The same scenario can occur in a CHAIR or UCC con...

Page 122: ...dpoints if an external speaker is attached or was attached when the system was last rebooted this endpoint will cause audio echo throughout the conference First isolate the offending endpoint by askin...

Page 123: ...follow suit will become audio only endpoints A conference will not rate adapt from 56 kbps back to 64 kbps until all endpoints disconnect from the conference and it idles The PictureTel 1000 Release 1...

Page 124: ...he switches on the TN760D and administer the port using Figure 16 on page 125 and Table 13 on page 125 Table 11 Signaling Formats for TN760D Mode Type E M Type I Standard unprotected E M Type I Compat...

Page 125: ...ed Port Circumstance To System Far End Co Located Avaya Definity Server CSI E M Type 1 E M Type 1 E M Unprotected Type 1 Compatible Standard Compatible Inter Building Avaya Definity Server CSI Protect...

Page 126: ...select bit rate and impedance match See Table 14 and Figure 17 Figure 17 TN464E F GP Option Settings Table 14 Option Switch Settings on TN464E F GP 120 Ohms Twisted pair 75 Ohms Coaxial requiring 888...

Page 127: ...inspect the LEDs on both the TN230X Table 15 and the ATM switch Table 16 on page 128 for a high level status of the system Table 15 TN230X LED reference LED color Interpretation Red Green Yellow Off...

Page 128: ...take the TN230X out of service for example if one of the 24 DSPs fails diagnostics Table 16 A500 LED Quick Reference Component Label Color State Meaning Switch Processor Board LK Green Intermittent bl...

Page 129: ...Rate VBR signaling connections are present but no talk paths are up perhaps because no calls are in progress RX Green Steady on ATM cells are being received frequently enough that the LED is lit cons...

Page 130: ...s and correct insertion 2 Enter status pnc at the Avaya Definity Server CSI SAT This display tells you which TN230X board is active in a duplicated system and how many alarms if any of each severity l...

Page 131: ...packs 2 Screen 20 Screen output for display circuit packs 1 display circuit packs 1 CIRCUIT PACKS Cabinet 1 Carrier A Cabinet Layout five carrier Carrier Type processor PROCESSOR BOARDS NOT ADMINISTE...

Page 132: ...routes If the port networks are addressed using hard coded PNNI routes in the A500 the screen looks like Screen 22 pnc 1 and Screen 23 pnc 2 Screen 22 Screen output for display atm pnc 1 display circu...

Page 133: ...r display atm pnc 2 with End System Identifiers display atm pnc 2 ATM PNC Connection Number 2 Location 02A01 Name Address Format ICD ATM AFI 47 ICD 0005 HO DSP 80FFE1000000F2072A01 ESI 000000000000 SE...

Page 134: ...tered using hard coded PNNI routes to identify each endpoint enter show signaling routes on the A500 console Screen 27 on page 135 shows the screen output from the command Field Value IntType Network...

Page 135: ...he PPN the EAL and PACL links will come up but one way talk paths may result The ATM network can route from the PPN to the EPN which creates the bidirectional EAL and PACL signaling channels and one s...

Page 136: ...t STS_3c MultiMode A1 5 down down present STS_3c MultiMode A1 6 down down present STS_3c MultiMode A1 7 down down present STS_3c MultiMode A1 8 down down present STS_3c MultiMode A2 1 down down presen...

Page 137: ...urred Do the TN230X LEDs indicate a maintenance alarm 3 Enter list configuration carrier cabinetcarrier on the Avaya Definity Server CSI SAT See Screen 30 on page 137 1b and Screen 31 on page 138 2a S...

Page 138: ...rd is in the incorrect slot or the board was not inserted correctly See Reseating Replacing Circuit Packs on page 65 list configuration carrier 2a SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Board Assigned Ports Number Boar...

Page 139: ...Transmit bottom or the Receive top fibers 2 Is the A500 port s CD LED off indicating a loss of signal on the fiber Note that the A500 detects continuity problems only with the Receive right hand fiber...

Page 140: ...1 7 down down present STS_3c MultiMode A1 8 down down present STS_3c MultiMode A2 1 down down present STS_3c MultiMode A2 2 down down present STS_3c MultiMode A2 3 down down present STS_3c MultiMode A...

Page 141: ...r not administered See ATM BCH ATM B Channel Trunk Hardware safety interlocks on optical transceivers may cut transmitter power if no carrier is received so lack of a receive carrier could indicate a...

Page 142: ...ncreasing this may be because the port was administered with no UNI signaling admin link command Use the show signaling summary command to ensure that Signaling is UNI3 1 The error counters may not be...

Page 143: ...d only for UNI 3 0 line for the SDP PDUs field means that the port was administered for UNI3 0 signaling admin link command Use the show signaling summary command to verify that Signaling is UNI3 1 Th...

Page 144: ...ng admin link command Use the show signaling summary command to verify that Signaling is UNI3 1 Connect Messages Setup Messages Release Messages These counters should be non zero if the A500 is handli...

Page 145: ...splay any Cause Codes see Table 17 on page 146 returned from the ATM network to a TN230X on the PPN and to a TN230X on an EPN This is successful only if the links between the PPN and the EPN remain up...

Page 146: ...ormal unspecified This is a normal return 41 Temporary failure This try again later Cause Code has been observed when the source of the problem is on another port for example a routing problem on anot...

Page 147: ...e Software Call Processing Other UBR virtual circuits may exist between A500 ports that are not associated with Avaya Definity Server CSI port networks and may be signaling channels for other applicat...

Page 148: ...ut Screen 43 List sys link screen Ensure that the fields have the values indicated below 2 Enter show switch circuittable on the A500 console Screen 44 on page 149 shows the screen output Link Type Ch...

Page 149: ...multimedia and video conferencing systems CaPro Layer Are talk paths being established between port networks Diagnostics Can you talk both ways on a set on one port network dialed from another port n...

Page 150: ...C can be used again for another call between the same two port networks In early version of the Release 2 A500 firmware these connections incorrectly identified as pmp UBR There may be other CBR virtu...

Page 151: ...wapped Routes End System Identifiers or Fiber between two EPNs Incorrectly typed or omitted EPN Route or End System Identifier A500 Symptoms Talk paths are one way from the PPN to the EPN you can hear...

Page 152: ...or physically to the PPN that should not exist Action 1 Correct the ATM addresses or swap fibers on the A500 between the incorrectly connected PPN and EPN Swapped Routes End System Identifiers or Fib...

Page 153: ...n the EPN As normal it reboots this TN230X and when complete it resets the EPN When this happens the active instead of the standby TN230X reboots dropping the links To recover the PPN re establishes l...

Page 154: ...indication the call may have used 56 Kbps facilities If so the call may exhibit any of the following conditions No handshaking in one direction or both call disconnects after timeouts Call connects b...

Page 155: ...list the VC resources in use by this conference Try a hot replacement of any VC boards in use which refreshes the VC translations and move all of the audio connections to different VC ports 2 If the p...

Page 156: ...switching while the party is the only talker or excessive disconnects from that endpoint Synchronization Generally the most common problem is a mismatch in synchronization sources between the endpoin...

Page 157: ...t to prevent the disruption of the Px64 data stream The customer will get the same level of alarm indications and maintenance on the EI links regardless of the status of scheduled switching PRI D Chan...

Page 158: ...ginning with Release 3 0 the status conference X command shows that MCV is in effect by displaying av in the Video Status Vs column Page 3 of the Status Conference X Endpoint Y screen also has a Broad...

Page 159: ...Echo in conference calls particularly those with large delay characteristics is totally disruptive When Voice Activated Switching is taken into account the effects are disastrous Various arrangements...

Page 160: ...did successfully rate adapt If an endpoint shows c it joined the conference at 56kbps Once the conference rate adapts the endpoints that do not properly follow suit will become audio only endpoints A...

Page 161: ...nce Commands for the DEFINITY Wireless Business System DWBS refer to the appropriate maintenance documentation that accompanies the DWBS System Command Structure System commands are standard words and...

Page 162: ...to enter the command change system parameters country options typing cha sys coun is sufficient NOTE The craft login may not be allowed to perform some of the steps needed to initialize the system If...

Page 163: ...because terminals on the administered ports do not receive dial tone Warning alarms are generated on each busied out port in the access endpoint Use release access endpoint to return all the ports as...

Page 164: ...inads craft none None Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit Maintenance Name The name of maintenance object Alt Name An alternate way to identify maintenance objects If the Object is The fie...

Page 165: ...cdr link secondary init inads craft nms Primary None Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit 1 primary link 2 secondary link Maintenance Name The name of maintenance object Alt Name Alternate w...

Page 166: ...xtension must be released before the data channel can be brought back into service Output The following example shows the output from busyout data module 300 Field descriptions Action Object Qualifier...

Page 167: ...be performed over it in this case the link is insane and should be torn down These links provide asynchronous data connections from the switch to peripherals For general information on journal printer...

Page 168: ...put The following example shows the output from busyout link 1 The responses appear on a test by test basis with one line of data for each test result Port Physical object port address 0 wakeup log 1...

Page 169: ...t mis Output The following example shows the output from busyout mis The responses appear on a test by test basis with one line of data for each test result Port Port address link id Maintenance Name...

Page 170: ...tivate the busied out objects on the link These links provide asynchronous data connections from switches to peripherals The links are composed of Far end data module Simulated data channel Manager th...

Page 171: ...onent is idle Therefore use busyout to disable the attempted re setup of a link and the link will remain intact If the link is already down busyout stops periodic re setup attempts on the link Output...

Page 172: ...port Field descriptions Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions busyout port location Port address PCSS marked port PPSSpp Examples busyout port 01c1101 bus...

Page 173: ...ction Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Default Feature Interactions busyout pri endpoint extension PRI endpoint extension number Examples busyout pri endpoint 25012 busyout pri endpoint 7...

Page 174: ...r scheduled tests are performed on the busied out station until it is released When a station is maintenance busy it is deactivated and no call processing activity may include the busied object Warnin...

Page 175: ...umber Result Test result Pass Fail Abort Error Code Numeric code explaining why the release failed or aborted See the detailed list of the codes by test number for each MO Action Object Qualifier Qual...

Page 176: ...eactivate the tone clock Output The following example is a display of busyout tone clock Port Port address and associated TDM number and bus PNA or PNB Alt Name Not applicable Maintenance Name Type of...

Page 177: ...he state of the objects Use release trunk to reactivate the trunk group or group member NOTE If the user enters busyout trunk group number the lowest port location in the group is busied out This is N...

Page 178: ...dentify maintenance objects If the Object is The field contains station extension trunk xxx yyy xxx trunk group yyy member number private CO line xxx xxx private CO line group number Result Test resul...

Page 179: ...p Use status hardware group to show the state of a canceled test hardware group command as canceled change circuit packs Use change circuit packs to administer circuit packs that are inserted into the...

Page 180: ...ier A Carrier Type processor Slot Code Sfx Name Slot Code Sfx Name 01 TN2402 TN798 PROCESSOR 11 02 TN2182 TONE CLOCK 12 03 13 04 14 05 15 06 ADX8D RESERVED AUDIX 8D 16 07 ADX8D RESERVED AUDIX 8D 17 08...

Page 181: ...of 1 FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD Source Board Location _____ Firmware Image File Name ________________________________________ Target Board code ______ Suffix __ Firmware Vintage ___ Schedule Download y Remove...

Page 182: ...cters including blanks Target Board Code This is the TN code of the target board to be downloaded Suffix This is the suffix of the target board to be downloaded Firmware Vintage This appears when a do...

Page 183: ...Set 1 IP Audio Hairpinning y Location 3 UDP Port Range RTCP Enabled y Min 2048 RTCP Monitor Server Parameters Max 65535 Use Default Server Parameters n Server IP Address ___ ___ ___ __ _ DiffServ TOS...

Page 184: ...entered in the Stratum field Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Default Feature Interactions change synchronization Examples change synchronization change synch init inads craft cust...

Page 185: ...ield to one minute after the current time 6 If daily scheduled maintenance must remain idle during a maintenance procedure set the Start Time field to a time after the session ends 7 For earlier relea...

Page 186: ...starting with 1 that identifies the switch to an Operations Support System OSS change system parameters maintenance Page 1 of 3 MAINTENANCE RELATED SYSTEM PARAMETERS OPERATIONS SUPPORT PARAMETERS Prod...

Page 187: ...esult in an automatic call to the first administered OSS telephone number If the call to the First OSS Number fails four times the switch calls the Second OSS Number until a call to the First OSS Numb...

Page 188: ...l circuit pack is installed and if packet endpoints for example ASAI and or BRI are administered and maintenance testing runs on both the Packet Control circuit pack and Packet Bus If a Packet Control...

Page 189: ...nto the standby Tone Clock for 20 seconds and then back to the originally active Tone Clock This field indicates the days that interchanges occur daily days of the week or n prevents interchanges Defa...

Page 190: ...ervice falls below this number 2 to 100 a WARNING alarm is raised against TTR LEV These are also known as general purpose tone detectors GPTDs There are 2 CPTRs on each TN748 TN718 TN420 or TN756 TN21...

Page 191: ...minutes a MAJOR alarm is raised VCs The VCs field contains the minimum number of VC ports needed for the Multimedia Call Handling MMCH feature The MMCH feature must be enabled on the System Parameter...

Page 192: ...nsion used by far end ISDN nodes to place calls to the system for testing ISDN PRI trunks between the far end and the system ISDN BRI Service SPID This field shows if the link associates with the Serv...

Page 193: ...Bridge and Inter Board Link Timeslots fields display Default is n Packet Intf3 This field identifies the presence of Packet Interface 3 Unavailable in CSI It is changeable in the r model Default is n...

Page 194: ...cters to provide a qualifier for a modem RTS CTS Enabled Enter up to 6 characters to informs the modem that communication with the data source UART will be driven with RTS CTS flow control Q3 Asynchro...

Page 195: ...ameters that are not already specified The AT commands in this field are the last initialization parameters to be sent to the external modem Auto Answer Ring Count Enter up to 6 characters to show the...

Page 196: ...r a predetermined interval Some modems provide for this timer to be disabled thus allowing an outbound call to ring indefinitely AT T Paradyne does not provide this capability with their modem line be...

Page 197: ...BX 25 protocol and the ISDN procedure D protocol clear isdn testcall Use clear isdn testcall to cancel in progress ISDN PRI test calls Once a running test call is cleared another can begin Action Obj...

Page 198: ...mark port command This command removes marks from ports frees them for service Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Default Feature Interactions clear link link id Link number 1 8 ass...

Page 199: ...completed for the current board but the remaining boards are not downloaded disable mst Use disable mst to stop the message trace facility If the trace is not already disabled the command inserts a G...

Page 200: ...a tone clock or DS1 interface The synchronization subsystem TDM bus clock DS1 trunk board and maintenance and administration software provides error free digital communication between the switch and o...

Page 201: ...m automatically calls INADS to report major alarms Resolved alarm A problem that has been corrected and the system is correctly functioning The system stamps resolved alarms with the date and time the...

Page 202: ...ntain the most recent errors and alarms To determine if the restored logs are complete look for indications that would have preceded the reboot System resets that are less severe than a reboot rarely...

Page 203: ...month h last hour d last day w last week a all From Month day year example 01 01 97 If blank the report contains all the active alarms for the month prior to the current date To Month day year exampl...

Page 204: ...locations display as cabinet carrier slot circuit Example 01C0702 Port network locations display as port network number bus Example PN 02B PN 02 Port Network PN number and A or B bus Fiber link locat...

Page 205: ...y for service OUT out of service IN in service Blank No associated service state Ack Headings 1 and 2 identify the first and second OSS telephone numbers The entries below indicate the acknowledged al...

Page 206: ...screen to schedule execution of the command The command is placed in the command queue and is executed at the specified time The information displayed by the command is sent to the system printer ins...

Page 207: ...l lists Adjunct Switch Application Interface ASAI Active Controlling Associations The number of station domain controls that ASAI adjuncts can request Notification Requests The number of requests ASAI...

Page 208: ...number of authorization codes used for security purposes Basic Call Management System BCMS Measured Agents Per System The number of agents the Basic Call Management System BCMS is measuring Measured S...

Page 209: ...System The number of vectors per system For more information see DEFINITY Call Vectoring Expert Agent Selection BSR Application Location Pairs Per System The number of mappings administered in a mult...

Page 210: ...ncludes but is not limited to PCOL groups common shared extensions access endpoints administered TSCs code calling IDs VDNs LDNs hunt groups announcements and TEGs UDP Extension Records The number of...

Page 211: ...p queue positions Queue Status Buttons The number of hunt group queue status buttons administered on stations There are four types of queue status buttons attendants use the last two queue status butt...

Page 212: ...integrated announcement circuit packs allowed in this system Temporary Signaling Connections TSC Administered TSCs The number of allowed Temporary Signaling Connections TSCs NCA TSC Calls The number o...

Page 213: ...ministered buttons Station Records The number of resources being used by regular stations announcements and music on hold Stations includes BRI Stations The number of voice terminals Stations With Por...

Page 214: ...able to move using ACTR ISDN BRI Endpoint and Trunk Ports The number of ISDN BRI ports IP Trunks included in Trunk ports The number of administered IP trunks Remote Office Trunks included in Trunk por...

Page 215: ...tion Counts IP Stations The number of IP stations currently registered in the system Remote Office Stations The total number of remote office stations currently registered in the system Page 9 CURRENT...

Page 216: ...prior to G3V4 load 71 or early G3V5 loads unknown no trans displays Memory Configuration The platform on which the translations were saved Can also be unknown if no flash card is present or translati...

Page 217: ...range from 1 to 16 Channels range from 1 to 64 The link channel must not be assigned to a local processor channel or to a PRI local processor channel Link Channel B Second of the two link channels joi...

Page 218: ...ernet Destination Number Destination of the link as administered on the data module forms Processor Interface X 25 and PPP DTE DCE Processor Interface administration from data module form Processor In...

Page 219: ...ware and logs problems as errors or alarms Errors can result from in line firmware errors periodic tests failures detected while executing a test command software inconsistency or a data audit discrep...

Page 220: ...omes active with the reboot Since the logs are saved to the disk on the SPE that was active before the reboot the versions restored at reboot time may not be current This condition occurs if The attem...

Page 221: ...is executed at the specified time The information displayed by the command is sent to the system printer instead of the screen 1 Examples display errors display errors print display errors schedule d...

Page 222: ...Interval Enter one of the codes m last month h last hour d last day w last week a all From Enter 2 digit numbers for the month day year Example 01 01 97 The default is the earliest time of the existi...

Page 223: ...must use this error number in conjunction with the logical name information to determine the exact nature of the error Aux Data Lists additional information concerning the maintenance object error co...

Page 224: ...the number of errors exceeds 3 digits the system enters the number 256 which indicates that a larger number of errors occurred but could not be displayed correctly Err Rt Error Rate The average rate a...

Page 225: ...f an error See the field description above for more details display errors high resolution Page 1 SPE A HIGH RESOLUTION HARDWARE ERROR REPORT ACTIVE ALARMS Port Mtce Alt Err Aux First Seq Last Seq Err...

Page 226: ...e operation See DEFINITY Communications System Generic 3 Call Vectoring and Expert Agent Selection EAS Guide 555 230 520 for information on how to interpret this report Input form The following entry...

Page 227: ...e associated with numbers from 50000 to 50999 Entering one of these numbers limits the report to events of this type If this field is left blank events for all types of vectors are reported display ev...

Page 228: ...ing to register see Table 18 Event Data 2 The IP address of the station that is attempting to register see Table 18 First Occur The time and date when this event first occurred Last Occur The time and...

Page 229: ...r Options form 0 1st part of RO stations 2nd part of IP stations respectively 1912 IP RRJ Exceed ProdID Ver Registration rejected because the maximum number of registered endpoints of a specific produ...

Page 230: ...age received from registering application NSD choice IP address 1920 IP RRJ TTI new LM fail Registration rejected failure in creating new Login Manager Possible causes are No available heap memory to...

Page 231: ...27 IP RRJ Invld station type Registration rejected invalid set type no Remote Office or IP Softphone administration on the station screen UID Type 1928 IP RRJ StnTyp Protocl err Registration rejected...

Page 232: ...of registering endpoint 1934 IP RRJ Ext already reg Registration rejected extension is already registered UID IP address 1935 IP RRJ Not Remote Ofc ext Registration rejected Remote Office is not admi...

Page 233: ...cond value is IP address 0 IP address 1946 IP RRJ PSA merge failure Registration rejected PSA merge operation failed internal software error 0 IP address 1947 IP RRJ PSA unmerge fail Registration reje...

Page 234: ...Way MCU internal software error 0 IP address 1956 IP GRJ Bld GCF TTI Gatekeeper request rejected failure to build a GateKeeper Confirm GCF message for an un named endpoint registration internal softwa...

Page 235: ...cted the endpoint ID could not be converted to a UID UID IP address 1965 IP DRJ Bld DCF Gatewy MCU Disengage Request rejected failure to build Disengage Request Confirm DCF message for a gateway or MC...

Page 236: ...t reg Admission Request rejected the endpoint is not registered UID IP address 1977 IP ARJ No avail B channel Admission Request rejected no B channel is available for the call UID IP address 1978 IP A...

Page 237: ...endpoint ID 0 IP address 1989 IP URJ Endpt not reg Unregistration Request rejected endpoint is not registered UID IP address 1990 IP URJ No endpoint ID Unregistration Request rejected no endpoint ID...

Page 238: ...nregistration Request rejected unexpected TTI return code UID IP address 2002 IP URJ Build UCF msg Unregistration Request rejected failure to build an unregistration request confirm UCF message intern...

Page 239: ...stered but received a force login RRQ Send a URQ to the existing extension UID IP address 2010 IP FURQ Restart cleanup Force Unregistration Request Instruct the RAS manager to cleanup a UID that had j...

Page 240: ...istration Request Unregister user because the extension has been removed IP User UID 0 2016 IP FURQ IPusr is sftphone Force Unregistration Request A user has PSA ed an extension that was registered as...

Page 241: ...i e Region 4 has 5 broken paths 1 2 i e Region 1 has 2 broken paths display firmware download Whenever the processor resets and the system is restarted whether initiated by a technician command or by...

Page 242: ...it is completely full Power failures in the processor complex wipe out the entire initcauses buffer Output The following example shows the output from display initcauses Action Object Qualifier Qualif...

Page 243: ...the SPE Oryx Request A sanity time out was requested by the Oryx operating system The three processor circuit pack LEDs blink until the sanity timer goes off Oryx requests a restart like this when it...

Page 244: ...se a higher level restart than the one previously performed to be executed if the need arises Carrier Indicates the carrier on which the recovery was performed 1A Time The date month and day and time...

Page 245: ...ct Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions display node names print schedule Example display node names init inads craft none none display memory configuration SP_ A PROCE...

Page 246: ...___________ ___ ___ ___ ___ 3 _______________ ___ ___ ___ ___ 19 _______________ ___ ___ ___ ___ 4 _______________ ___ ___ ___ ___ 20 _______________ ___ ___ ___ ___ 5 _______________ ___ ___ ___ ___...

Page 247: ...d queue and is executed at the specified time The information displayed by the command is sent to the system printer instead of the screen 1 Examples display port 1c0801 display port 1c0802 print disp...

Page 248: ...chro nization print schedule Report sent to printer Use the screen to schedule execution of the command The command is placed in the command queue and is executed at the specified time The information...

Page 249: ...m Parameters Customer Options to access the Customer Options screen and enter y in the PNC Duplication field before any duplication administration PNC Duplication cannot be enabled until all pnc a and...

Page 250: ...ifier Qualifier Description Logins Default Feature Interactions display system parameters duplication SPE or PNC duplication Examples display system parameters duplication init inads craft none none E...

Page 251: ...maintenance schedule 1 See the Report Scheduler and System Printer feature specification for more details init inads craft super user Maintain Switch Circuit Packs permissions none none display syste...

Page 252: ...TENANCE ISDN PRI TEST CALL Extension _____ ISDN BRI Service SPID _____ DS1 MAINTENANCE DSO Loop Around Test Call Extension 1001 SPE OPTIONAL BOARDS Disk y Packet Intf1 y Packet Intf2 n Packet Intf3 n...

Page 253: ...tic call to both OSS telephone numbers Both OSS telephone numbers must be administered first only all Major and Minor alarms result in an automatic call to the first OSS number The system does not cal...

Page 254: ...hether testing of the remote access port on the SYSAM circuit pack is enabled Enter y when an INADS line is connected to the system and there is a maintenance contract in effect so that alarm originat...

Page 255: ...hange Each port network has a pair of TDM busses called A and B each of which has a set of time slots dedicated to use by the control channel At any one time the control channel in each PN is carried...

Page 256: ...t of service set this field to the total number of CLSFY PTs Test Type 100 Test Type 102 Test Type 105 An extension assigned to receive tie trunk calls from other switches with test line origination c...

Page 257: ...d on a call by call basis by dialing a test call extension specified on the second page of the System Parameters Maintenance form No special hardware is required When the test call extension is receiv...

Page 258: ...Interface circuit pack is not present then the value for the Packet Interface field is read from translation data stored on disk or tape If the field is set to n a Packet Interface circuit pack may be...

Page 259: ...ealthy it answers an incoming within the first few rings This field is 6 characters long and is case insensitive Typically the maximum permissible value for this register is 255 The values 1 255 denot...

Page 260: ...ring indefinitely AT T Paradyne does not provide this capability with their modem line because it is generally undesirable to have an outbound call attempt ring indefinitely The internal modem must h...

Page 261: ...e 1 of 1 ATMS TRUNK TEST SCHEDULE Schedule No __ Schedule Time __ __ Schedule Test Days Interval __ Schedule Date __ __ __ SU _ TU _ TH _ SA _ Duration __ OTL Throttle _ MO _ WE _ FR _ Test Type _____...

Page 262: ...t but skips all self test and return loss sequences This saves about 40 seconds on the type 105 test and does not have any effect on type 100 or 102 tests Duration The maximum number of hours 1 to 24...

Page 263: ...play time display time print display time schedule 1 See the Report Scheduler and System Printer feature specification for more details init inads craft cust browse none Date and time are generally us...

Page 264: ...n XMODEM session on the remote end and send the update file a INADS host enter dload file_name to start the file transmission b PC follow the instructions in the emulator s manual for invoking an XMOD...

Page 265: ...o make sure the same patch file id loaded on each processor If the software or update files are inconsistent use list configuration software to display the status of the patch file Recovery procedures...

Page 266: ...ecksum test to make sure the system is back to its prepatch state c Check the validity of the file again d Try redownloading and applying the patch immediately 4 The LMM reports a hard error Symptoms...

Page 267: ...ror message is given This command fails if the filesystem is already enabled Parameters enable mst Use enable mst to enable the message trace that is controlled according to the parameters created wit...

Page 268: ...DS1 alarms temporarily for customers that periodically disconnect DS1 trunks for testing or other business related purposes Improved control over external non Avaya problems such as suspending off boa...

Page 269: ...xt request by maintenance or the technician this test number will run get boot image Use get boot image to view the two firmware image parameters on the TN2501AP circuit pack Action Object Qualifier Q...

Page 270: ...the circuit pack CRC Checksum Cyclic Redundancy Check data integrity algorithm Active Image y indicates the active firmware image file n indicates the inactive firmware image file To change the activ...

Page 271: ...ons location The physical location of the circuit pack UUCSS init inads craft customer none Auto Negotiation y indicates that the system automatically negotiates the highest possible network speed n i...

Page 272: ...e vector is cleared when a system restart of the proper level is performed regardless of whether the core is actually dumped Output Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Default Feature...

Page 273: ...2 cold 1 reboot 0 n n n n 1 y n n n 2 n y n n 3 y y n n 4 n n y n 5 y n y n 6 n y y n 7 y y y n 8 n n n y 9 y n n y a n y n y b y y n y c n n y y d y n y y e n y y y f y y y y Set Vector Command Optio...

Page 274: ...________ ___ _ __ _____ _________ 0____ ___ ___ __ 3 _ ________ ___ _ __ _____ _________ 0____ ___ ___ __ 4 _ ________ ___ _ __ _____ _________ 0____ ___ ___ __ 5 _ ________ ___ _ __ _____ _________...

Page 275: ...interface link is x 25 r model or procr intf si model This field cannot be blank if the type of interface link is ethernet or ppp Valid entries are client server or blank Interface Link Identifies the...

Page 276: ...rrier 1c schedule list configuration port network 1 list configuration stations print 1 See the Report Scheduler and System Printer feature specification for more details init inads craft cust rcust n...

Page 277: ...on status firmware download change firmware download Vintage The vintage number of the circuit pack list configuration all Page 1 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Board Assigned Ports Number Board Type Code Vinta...

Page 278: ...g mode administered for the ds1 circuit pack or none if the circuit pack is not administered CSU MOD Appears when list configuration ds1 is selected The field contains the identification number of the...

Page 279: ...by querying the individual circuit packs each time the command is invoked There is no memory cache of serial numbers Valid entries Usage Circuit pack serial number Displays the electronically readable...

Page 280: ...If the memory card cannot be read at the time the command is entered the relevant fields display no tape or memory card This does not indicate that the system does not recognize the presence of the d...

Page 281: ...ersion Information related to the current software load module stored in memory and in the MSS Memory Resident Version number of the RAM resident load module Mem Card Resident Version of memory card r...

Page 282: ...PI circuit pack resident copy and corresponding tape file firmware PI 1 Resident The version of firmware in the first PI circuit pack in the control carrier PI 2 Resident The version of firmware in th...

Page 283: ...ate partially applied an error condition that is valid only when an update that is in the process of being applied fails Check the validity of the update file that was sent and then check the hardware...

Page 284: ...ins Defaults Feature Interactions list disabled mos print schedule Report sent to printer Use the screen to schedule execution of the command The command is placed in the command queue and is executed...

Page 285: ...gin required before you can administer External Device Alarm commands Output The following example shows the output from list eda external device alrm Maintenance Name The type of maintenance object o...

Page 286: ...e The alarm level for this external device alarm port Entries are major minor or warning Alt Name 7 character adjunct short name for this external device alarm Description 40 character adjunct descrip...

Page 287: ...g If the user pages the entire way through the report the oldest entries in the transaction log maximum 250 commands may have been overwritten by data commands issued by these other users If this occu...

Page 288: ...characters specifying the object of the command Where the object is multiple words in length only the first word is displayed in the object field All succeeding words are treated as qualifiers Qualif...

Page 289: ...ateway is administered on the Node Name screen C LAN Port Indicates the C LAN port location that provides the interface for the route Metric Specifies the desirability of the IP route in terms of the...

Page 290: ...ypically this status changes to accepted or rejected when some condition changes such as a link coming up obsolete the route is no longer needed some host routes were needed in R7 but are no longer ne...

Page 291: ...for the outgoing asynchronous ISDN PRI test call Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Default Feature Interactions list marked ports print schedule Report sent to printer Use the scree...

Page 292: ...minute intervals over 24 hours for the Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC and collisions for ethernet connections If the data cannot be retrieved for the 15 minute interval N A displays in the field The del...

Page 293: ...sent to the system printer instead of the screen 1 Examples list marked ports list marked ports print list marked ports schedule 1 See the Report Scheduler and System Printer feature specification fo...

Page 294: ...measures if the trouble cleared Data is retrieved for 15 minute intervals for 24 hours for CRC Invalid Frame and Chap Failures for PPP connections If the data cannot be retrieved for the 15 minute int...

Page 295: ...stem printer instead of the screen 1 Examples list measurements clan ppp list measurements 1 See the Report Scheduler and System Printer feature specification for more details init inads craft cust Pr...

Page 296: ...firmware counters Delta The difference between the current and the previous sample Invalid Frame The number of invalid frames detected Invalid frames are the frames that are misaligned CHAP Failures T...

Page 297: ...35 Socket Denial peg Total number of times a C lan socket on the board was needed for a call or link but was not available Range 0 65535 Denials Socket Denial peg Socket Denial peg Socket peg Range 0...

Page 298: ...tions Only DS1 board options are documented here list measurements clan sockets summary yesterday peak Page 1 Switch Name Date 5 27 pm WED MAR 26 1992 CLAN SOCKETS PEAK REPORT Peak Hour 0400 Socket So...

Page 299: ...n 1 Examples list measurements ds1 log 2a18 list measurements ds1 summary 2a18 print list measurements ds1 summary 2a18 schedule 1 See the Report Scheduler and System Printer feature specification for...

Page 300: ...unter for the specified 15 minute interval 0 900 or N A if data for the 15 minute interval is invalid Severely Err Secs the value of the severely errored seconds counter for the specified 15 minute in...

Page 301: ...he specified 15 minute interval 0 900 or N A if data for the 15 minute interval is invalid VALID INTERVAL This field indicates whether the data for the specified 15 minute interval is valid Data is co...

Page 302: ...ments ip codec hourly region number Lists the measurements for the last 24 hours from current hour backwards for the indicated region If the switch clock is changed the report shows stars as on R8 Exa...

Page 303: ...ice channels are on a call Usage shall be measured from the time the voice channel is allocated until it is released Calculated by Total Call Seconds 3600 where Total Call Seconds is a sum of the foll...

Page 304: ...call Usage shall be measured from the time the voice channel is allocated until it is released Calculated by Total Call Seconds 3600 where Total Call Seconds is a sum of the following total time in se...

Page 305: ...he following reports corresponding to the IP trunk groups list measurements trunk group list performance trunk group list measurements outage trunk monitor traffic trunk groups Do not mix IP and non I...

Page 306: ...measurements ip dsp resource hourly Lists the measurements for the last 24 hours from current hour backwards for the indicated region If the switch clock is changed the report shows stars as do other...

Page 307: ...el is allocated until it is released Calculated by Total Call Seconds 3600 where Total Call Seconds is a sum of the following total time in seconds that any CODEC resource on a Medpro is in use total...

Page 308: ...to go through Range 0 65535 Blk The percent of attempted allocations of IP media processor ports in the region that are blocked i e not successful Includes calls that are successfully allocated out o...

Page 309: ...t to least worst based on the Hour Average Latency Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions list measurements ip signaling group current hour Shows the 10 wor...

Page 310: ...00 18 15 10000 xx 100 006 06 10000 xx 100 18 18 10000 xx 100 007 07 10000 xx 100 18 21 10000 xx 100 008 08 10000 xx 100 18 24 10000 xx 100 009 09 10000 xx 100 18 27 10000 xx 100 010 10 10000 xx 100 18...

Page 311: ...terval Interval Packets Sent The number of packets sent during the interval Interval Packets Lost The percent lost packets for the interval if 100 the corresponding latency is shown as list measuremen...

Page 312: ...messages Message count can be used to limit the trace init inads FIFO order See continuous Display updates as new messages enter the trace buffer FIFO This option is most useful in conjunction with au...

Page 313: ...error log Continued on next page list mst Message Sequence Trace Data Number Date Time Type Message 1 12 21 90 14 30 21 220 62 00 00 74 17 08 02 00 11 05 04 03 80 90 a2 18 03 a1 83 86 70 01 80 96 28...

Page 314: ...nk 0x54 ASAI unrecognized uplink 0x55 ASAI unrecognized downlink 0x56 ASAI association uplink 0x57 ASAI association downlink 0x58 ASAI error uplink 0x60 ISDNPRI uplink 0x62 ISDNPRI downlink 0x64 ISDNB...

Page 315: ...hich was ignored Version 1 of MST message type 0xA2 would appear on the list mst output 0xA1 X 25 Incoming application data message 0xA2 X 25 Application error message 0xB0 X 25 Outgoing session layer...

Page 316: ...in BASEPJ hdrs capro h Message 5 6 vector number defined in BASEPJ hdrs dpm_calls h Message 7 step number defined in BASEPJ hdrs callr h Message 8 step type defined in BASEPJ hdrs dpm_calls h Message...

Page 317: ...tput goes to the MST buffer See IMT for details on these messages The Other Tracing field on the change mst screen alerts the user that one or more of these types of messages is enabled 0x21 IMT proc_...

Page 318: ..._DEBUG MST message to a position on the set is not trivial however the debug buttons can be administered through TCM debug button filtering enabled through TCM and MST enabled using the enable mst com...

Page 319: ...aux data 0 Message 18 21 aux data 1 Message 22 25 aux data 2 Message 26 29 aux data 3 Message 30 hwtype field Message 31 hwdata field Message 1 4 call identifier Message 5 6 hook identifier defined i...

Page 320: ...de of ASAI message traced The body which is a real ASAI message except for Level 2 Primitives follows the qualifier When the display is administered for abbreviated format the body contains only the i...

Page 321: ...x02 TEI Management Message 0x03 XID Message Message 10 R1 R3 Link States 0x00 the link has gone down 0x01 the link has come up 0x02 the link id has changed 0x03 the link has gone hyperactive 0x04 the...

Page 322: ...ged 0x03 the link has gone hyperactive 0x04 the link has recovered 0x05 the audit recovery stim 0x06 the link has been reset 0x07 link state hyper too many SABMEs disconnect 0x08 broadcast link audit...

Page 323: ...ablish request therefore the Link ID field will contain 0xff 0xff 0xff 0x ff Message 7 8 Link ID Message 9 Downlink encode 0x01 ASAI Link Events 0x02 TEI Management Message 0x03 XID Message Message 10...

Page 324: ...SAI Link Events 0x02 link release request 0x0f link establish request sent to and received by the lower level TEI Management Message 0x02 Identity Assigned 0x04 Identity Check Request 0x06 Identity Re...

Page 325: ...Invalid Information Element Contents 0x6f 111 Protocol Error NOTE An unrecognized message displayed in abbreviated format may be missing information such as cause because the message was not able to...

Page 326: ...notification 4 adjunct routing 5 set value 6 value query 7 request feature Message 1 Port Network Number of ASAI port Message 2 Reserved Message 3 Carrier Address of ASAI port Message 4 Port number o...

Page 327: ...ort Network Number of ASAI port Message 2 Reserved Message 3 Carrier Address of ASAI port Message 4 Port number of ASAI port Message 5 association type Message 6 standard or abbreviated ASAI message f...

Page 328: ...nd the channel id Information Element IE if present are the only IEs present Message 1 Port Network Number of D channel port Message 2 Reserved Message 3 Carrier Address of D channel port Message 4 Po...

Page 329: ...0xCA may be present after the standard ISDNBRI formatted message if the message was not sent The cancel byte will not be appended if the abbreviated format is selected Message 1 Port Network Number o...

Page 330: ...tate 0x02 TEI Management Message 0x03 XID Message Message 10 R1 R3 Link States 0x00 the link has gone down 0x01 the link has come up 0x02 the link id has changed 0x03 the link has gone hyperactive 0x0...

Page 331: ...0x03 the link has gone hyperactive 0x04 the link has recovered 0x05 the audit recovery stim 0x06 the link has been reset 0x07 link state hyper too many SABMEs disconnect 0x08 broadcast link audit TEI...

Page 332: ...s built but could not be sent Message 7 8 Link ID Message 9 Downlink encode 0x01 BRI Link Events 0x02 TEI Management Message 0x03 XID Message Message 10 BRI Link Events 0x02 link release request 0x0f...

Page 333: ...nk encode 0x01 BRI Link Events 0x02 TEI Management Message 0x03 XID Message Message 12 BRI Link Events 0x02 link release request 0x0f link establish request sent to and received by the lower level TEI...

Page 334: ...DN BRI Unrecognized Messages Message 1 Port Network Number of D channel port Message 2 Reserved Message 3 Carrier Address of D channel port Message 4 Port number of D channel port Message 5 change typ...

Page 335: ...sent The cancel byte will not be appended if the abbreviated format is selected General 0x71 GAP marker GAP reasons 0x01 disabled disable mst command executed 0x02 disabled mst timer expired 0x03 disa...

Page 336: ...status data about skilled hunt groups The standard start and count command line options are available Message 1 0x00 Message 2 timestamp indication Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins...

Page 337: ...feature with a different service objective administered for each skill Table 20 Skilled Hunt Group Status Data Group Number Group Name Group Extension Group Type Service Level Supervisor Call Selecti...

Page 338: ...on movable shows extensions that have the Automatic Moves field set to always or once init inads craft none none movable once shows extensions available to be moved once movable done shows extensions...

Page 339: ...Description Logins Default Feature Interactions list suspend alm orig print schedule Report sent to printer Use the screen to schedule execution of the command The command is placed in the command qu...

Page 340: ...ture Interactions list sys link print schedule Report sent to printer Use the screen to schedule execution of the command The command is placed in the command queue and is executed at the specified ti...

Page 341: ...noise singing return loss and echo return loss Location Physical location of the port associated with the system link cabinet carrier slot circuit Link Type Channel Type of system link and the proces...

Page 342: ...Measurements for a specific trunk group member displayed When used with the to mem option this option is the starting trunk group member in a range of user specified trunk group members to mem member...

Page 343: ...e list testcalls detail port 1c1504 count 5 not result marg print list testcalls summary list testcalls summary grp 78 list testcalls summary grp 78 print list testcalls summary grp 78 count 5 list te...

Page 344: ...ear and near to far measurements of 1004 Hz loss at 0 dBm Loss dev at 404Hz Transmission tests at low frequency These tests measure a maximum positive and negative deviation of 9 and 9 dB from the 100...

Page 345: ...ave passed the trunk transmission tests Trunks Failed Marginal Threshld The number of trunks that failed a marginal threshold but not an unacceptable threshold according to the threshold values define...

Page 346: ...ant to trace calls to and from the assigned attendant extension number to monitor attendant activated console features list trace data module Use list trace data module to trace calls to and from the...

Page 347: ...ter endpoints Not all gatekeeper originated URQ messages are captured here See the denial event log display events Category denial for a complete record list trace station Use list trace station to ch...

Page 348: ...example Tone Detector Tone Generator Announcement Speech Synthesizer Call Classifier and Maintenance Test circuit packs If the port can be administered manually and it is unassigned the port is marked...

Page 349: ...ion Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions monitor bcms split split number system system number skill skill number init inads craft cust rcust bcms browse none non...

Page 350: ...al Calls that intraflow calls that overflow from one ACD split to another split will not have queue time from previous splits included in the average The calculation is Total Answer Time Total Automat...

Page 351: ...lculation is Total ACW Time Total ACW Incoming Time Total ACW Outgoing Time Total ACD Calls This field is measurement data and includes only those calls that have completed terminated Split The number...

Page 352: ...plit this agent is not considered in AUX work and will not be recorded here This field is real time status data Extn The number of agents in this split currently on non ACD Automatic Call Distribution...

Page 353: ...number of calls is 255 and if this maximum is exceeded 255 is displayed This field is measurement data EXTN OUT CALLS The number of non ACD Automatic Call Distribution calls that the agent has made o...

Page 354: ...service This percentage is rounded to the nearest integer therefore 0 percent means that the occupancy is less than one half of a percent CP Proportion of the CPU currently dedicated to call processin...

Page 355: ...o or a auto off auto or a on off and n a If auto or auto option are enabled emergency transfers automatically activate when cabinets fail indicates that emergency transfer is activated while indicates...

Page 356: ...tions Field descriptions Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions monitor security violations print Reports print to SAT linked printers init inads craft cust...

Page 357: ...is collected frequently in the connection manager for key information items used to create this report MGR1 MGR1 represents a connection to a system SAT port Connections are either hardwired or dialed...

Page 358: ...pnn Entering pnn where a pnn number from 1 to 3 replaces and displays data for specified pnns entering no options Omitting the pnn argument on the command line displays default configurations of Pnn s...

Page 359: ...as been informed Questions if the first OSS telephone number reports and acknowledges alarms If Alarm Origination is disabled or there are no active alarm the field is n Measurement Hour The starting...

Page 360: ...unter that is bumped for each call attempt This field represents real time status data Interval This field represents the interval applied to the call rate It is normally a 36 second time period This...

Page 361: ...status data ts_count The value in this field represents the requests for time slots during the last 100 second interim An internal timer initiates polling every 100 seconds Three numbers display for...

Page 362: ...s strictly to the TN744 board This field represents real time status data Requests TN744 MFC This field reflects the total number of requested multi frequency receivers that are currently active It de...

Page 363: ...ongest call in queue LCIQ indicates the time in seconds the oldest call in the hunt group queue has been waiting to be serviced monitor traffic hunt groups HUNT GROUP STATUS 22 49 SAT DEC 31 1988 S A...

Page 364: ...d the member status displays init inads craft cust rcus bcms browse 1 one none Trunk Group Member Trunk group and group member number 1 99 1 99 Port The port location cabinet carrier slot circuit for...

Page 365: ...curs on the trunk CA TSC State The state of temporary signaling connections connection set up to pass call information over PRI signaling links Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Def...

Page 366: ...12B14 135 009 191 201 00 00 81 7f 5d e8 09 12B13 135 009 191 203 08 00 20 81 cc b8 10 12B12 224 000 000 000 01 00 5e 00 00 00 11 12B11 224 000 000 000 01 00 5e 00 00 00 12 12B10 224 000 000 000 01 00...

Page 367: ...le is a display of netstat arp ck dup netstat arp mac sort Page 1 of 3 Net to Media Table Seq C LAN IP Address Phys Addr Type 01 03E09 135 247 062 003 00 00 3c 04 2d 55 02 02A15 135 247 062 001 00 00...

Page 368: ...dress of the circuit pack Phys Addr Displays the MAC address of the circuit pack Type If other the IP address and the MAC address for the circuit pack are disassociated If invalid the IP and MAC addre...

Page 369: ...tion is administered on the Node Name screen On the Node Name screen Default in the Destination field administers the default route Gateway Display only field showing the IP address of the Gateway use...

Page 370: ...ions loginid an administered login such as inads and press Enter Set the Additional Restrictions field to y in the Administration Commands section of the form Go to the second or third page of the for...

Page 371: ...indication of the link status If the packet length is not specified the default is 64 bytes You can add the packet length qualifier and the packet size 64 1500 bytes to the other ping commands Some e...

Page 372: ...terpretation www xxx yyy zzz Internet address not assigned The system cannot find the IP address Internet address not reachable from this board The IP address is not in the route table of the specifie...

Page 373: ...efresh route table all Error encountered could not complete request The internal error of not being able to find the port through which the IP address is reached Out of range The packet size is greate...

Page 374: ...n CCcss format cabinet carrier slot Number of Routes Removed The number of routes that were deleted from the TN799 C LAN route tables Number of Routes Added The number of routes that were added from t...

Page 375: ...Logins Defaults Feature Interactions release access endpoint extension number associated with desired access endpoint init inads craft nms none none Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit of...

Page 376: ...tion PCSS init inads craft nms none none Port Port address cabinet carrier slot of released maintenance object Maintenance Name The type of maintenance object that is being released Alt Name Alternate...

Page 377: ...on on what a CDR link is and does see status cdr link Output The following example shows the output from release cdr link primary Field descriptions Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Login...

Page 378: ...data channel init inads craft cust nms none none Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit of the maintenance object that is busied out or released or the number of the data channel Maintenance N...

Page 379: ...ults technicians should use busyout to disable attempted link re setup Output The following example shows the output from release journal printer wakeup log Field descriptions Action Object Qualifier...

Page 380: ...8 1through 4 reside on Processor Interface circuit packs 1a1 or 1b1 5 through 8 reside on Processor Interface circuit pack 1a2 or 1b2 init inads craft none none Port Port address cabinet carrier slot...

Page 381: ...ases members in a modem pool group Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions release mis init inads craft cust rcust none none Port Not applicable Maintenance...

Page 382: ...r that initiates and maintains the link Controller protocol that services the link Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit of busied out maintenance object Maintenance Name MODEM PT Alt Name Th...

Page 383: ...e release port to deactivate ports on circuit packs Output The following example shows the output from release port 1c0701 assuming that the port in cabinet 1 carrier c slot 7 circuit 1 is an analog p...

Page 384: ...orts for extension 22501 are in cabinet 1 carrier B slot 20 circuit 1 to 6 Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit Maintenance Name The type of maintenance object that is being released Alt Nam...

Page 385: ...ance Name PE BCHL Alt Name Alternate way to identify maintenance objects PRI endpoint extension Result Success status of a busied out object PASS ABORT FAIL Error Code System generated description of...

Page 386: ...cts If the Object is The field contains station extension trunk xxx yyy xxx trunk group yyy member number private CO line P xxx xxx private CO line group number Result Success status of a busied out o...

Page 387: ...lt Success status of a busied out object PASS ABORT FAIL Error Code System generated description of a command failure Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Default Feature Interactions...

Page 388: ...stem generated description of a command failure Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Default Feature Interactions release tone clock location Physical location of the tone clock PC ini...

Page 389: ...e Interactions release trunk group member 1 99 1 99 init inads craft none none Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit of the released maintenance object Maintenance Name The type of maintenanc...

Page 390: ...default license was installed to perform an upgrade the remove the default license when the customer s own translation media is returned To remove a License File from the translation media use remove...

Page 391: ...Defaults Feature Interactions reset board location repeat number Physical location of board PCSS Number of times command repeats 1 99 init inads craft nms carrier 1 repeat number 1 none Port Port add...

Page 392: ...aises on the interface and all enabled links deactivate When the Distributed Communications System DCS Audio Information Exchange AUDIX or Call Management System CMS are initially administered links f...

Page 393: ...e and only Packet Interface To reset the Packet Interface for R6csi use reset io processor Because reset packet interface is not used in this software release the following error message appears on th...

Page 394: ...log users off Feature Interactions The reset system command invokes system initialization like low level maintenance Software never escalates requested reset levels technicians determine the levels Tw...

Page 395: ...anslations The preserve license qualifier Prevents the PPN License File with the wrong serial number from overwriting the WSP License File Preserves the WSP product ID reset system 3 no preserve licen...

Page 396: ...A standby SPE that has been busied out must be released release standby spe Check that the SPE select switches on the DUPINT circuit pack are in the AUTO position reset val Use reset val to perform t...

Page 397: ...r restore announcements commences If no tape is in the tape drive when users attempt a copy the command aborts If the MSS is in use by another user or maintenance restore announcements is not allowed...

Page 398: ...terchange occurs the restore operation fails Valid announcement files do not appear on the announcement board To copy the announcements from the active processor s MSS device to the announcement board...

Page 399: ...copy announcement data from the announcement board to the MSS The Card Mem stores announcements for the system By default announcement data writes to the MSS device in a simplex processor SPE system o...

Page 400: ...mences even though 15 channels are available for announcement playback one is reserved for uploading and downloading If no tape is in the tape drive or the tape is write protected the command aborts d...

Page 401: ...aintenance Then maintenance software invoke tests to diagnose and attempt corrective action If maintenance software fails to correct the problem an alarm raises displaying corrective action The save a...

Page 402: ...translation to the memory card on SPE_A Duplex The system defaults to save translation to the memory card on both SPE A and SPE B Output The following example shows the output of save translation on...

Page 403: ...slation data saves SPE A SPE B Command Completion Status Displays a variety of messages identifying the success or failure of the command Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults...

Page 404: ...descriptions Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions set ethernet options location The physical location of the circuit pack UUCSS init inads craft customer...

Page 405: ...de Form Input The following example is a display of set options Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions set options none init inads see below none set option...

Page 406: ...ck and Maintenance circuit pack as before but no attendant LEDs or stations reporting alarms are affected No call is placed to INADS Report The report option treats alarms the same as warnings with on...

Page 407: ...assign alarm severity options to the following Adjunct categories Major on board adjunct alarms Major off board adjunct alarms Minor on board adjunct alarms Minor of board adjunct alarms Technicians...

Page 408: ...es MET LINE ISDN BRI Lines BRI PORT BRI SET If more than 75 of the members of the trunk group alarm minor arms escalate to major alarms If the trunk category option is set to warning minor report or n...

Page 409: ...hough alarms on some MOs appear as warnings the alarms should be investigated with user reported problems ASAI Adjunct ASAI ADJ Adjunct Port ATT PORT Ethernet ASAI Port LGATE PT Ethernet ASAI Adjunct...

Page 410: ...to warnings This alarm raises when memory card translation capacity exceeds 98 and is intended to alert Services that larger flash cards may be required Memory Card Capacity CAP MEM Other MOs Affecte...

Page 411: ...nable synchronization runs administered primary or secondary synchronization sources become synchronization references If no primary or secondary source is administered synchronization uses active ton...

Page 412: ...et command to buses that have calls on dedicated tone time slots drops the calls Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions set tdm port network pn number bus b...

Page 413: ...tput for set time Field descriptions Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions set time none init inads craft cust rcust bcms browse System assigns a time if t...

Page 414: ...er requests an extended reboot To force an immediate core dump set the appropriate bit using this command then enter reset system at a level that forces core dumps corresponding to set vector bits Whe...

Page 415: ...eractions set vector vector value See Vector Condition Mapping values below init inads craft none none Vector Condition Mapping Value Warm Cold II Cold I Reboot 0 n n n n 1 y n n n 2 n y n n 3 y y n n...

Page 416: ...ndpoint the location shown is that of the starting port Communication Type The valid voice and data communication type that the access endpoint is administered The options are 56k data 64k data voice...

Page 417: ...stered connection Enabled Is administered connection enabled y or n Originator Extension of originating access data endpoint Destination Destination address used to route administered connections Conn...

Page 418: ...ns Defaults Feature Interactions status attendant console number print Assigned attendant number 1 16 Report sent to printer init inads craft cust rcust bcms browse none none Console Number Number ass...

Page 419: ...f times that an audit ran and aborted The date and time that the audit first detected a problem only for cumulative The time of the most recent error detected by the audit only for cumulative Audit da...

Page 420: ...command is sent to the system printer instead of the screen 1 1 See the Report Scheduler and System Printer feature specification for more details init inads none see below status audits cumulative AU...

Page 421: ...terval 0 999999 Asterisks indicate numbers that exceed 999999 The switch executes audits in a set order After all audits execute the switch restarts the sequence NOTE Since this field shows the number...

Page 422: ...that exceed 65534 Cycles Could Not Fix Data Number of times that the audit ran in the specified interval and found an unfixable problem The audited switch data is inconsistent when this happens 0 6553...

Page 423: ...inal audit ANUR A 589 Announcement user record audit AN ADM 574 Announcement group administration audit AN CALLS 572 Announcement group calls audit AN QUE 577 Announcement group queue audit AQSA 545 A...

Page 424: ...Call processing data audit CSR A 544 Connection service record audit CSTAT 512 Station connections audit CTRK 526 Trunk connections audit DA CALLS 583 DAP call record audit DA MSG 584 DAP message buf...

Page 425: ...ion audit MP CALLS 573 Modem pool group calls audit MSGQ HMM 582 HMM map request queue audit MST LOG 549 MST Logging Buffer Audit MST STATE 546 MST State Audit MS CALLS 588 MISAP call record audit MUV...

Page 426: ...Sub Table audit S PT TAB 610 Service Port Connection Sub Table audit S TAB 620 Service Table Audit TEGLK 565 TEG member lock audit TKLK 564 Trunk lock audit TONE TS 608 Tone Time Slot Subtable Audit...

Page 427: ...This form also displays information about point to point signaling links that transport over the port UGMA 551 User group membership audit UPUSR LNK 603 Up link user link record audit URMB 548 User r...

Page 428: ...ace device is on layer 1 frames are sending to the BRI endpoints connected to this port but BRI endpoints are not responding deactivated the layer 1 interface device on the BRI is off because the port...

Page 429: ...e MF_EST_NORM state at layer 2 and SPID initialization procedures successfully complete The endpoint extension associated with the link also displays This is the normal state for the link in the multi...

Page 430: ...ermine that L2 state of the signaling link is L3 Established for ASAI adjuncts and BRI endpoints supporting MIM management information messages initialization and Established for fixed TEIBRI endpoint...

Page 431: ...ialization BRI ASAI 64 126 L3 Established blank yes Technicians conduct SPID facilitation tests on the port Links are not associated with BRI port endpoints See description of SPID Facility Test Proce...

Page 432: ...gned ext yes Transitory state for BRI endpoints which support MIM initialization when SPID Facility Test initializes the station 5 Wait for five seconds and repeat the command If the state has not cha...

Page 433: ...eactivate the link If links remain in this state while no activity occurs at BRI endpoints 1 Ensure that SPID switch administration and endpoints are consistent Verify repairs by executing the status...

Page 434: ...e in the system features configuration the Data Present field is always n for the announcements file The Announcement feature requires a memory card with a minimum capacity of 4 MB If the memory card...

Page 435: ...t format for the memory card size and a 1 digit format for the series number Memory card file contents are described below Capacity of Memory Card Card Size User Customer File Names 8 Mb With Announce...

Page 436: ...for the specific memory card used in the most recent save translation operation which is implemented with the save translation command or with scheduled maintenance and save translation enabled If th...

Page 437: ...PRI CDR in Chapter 3 Output The following information appears for both the Primary and Secondary CDR links whether or not both are used The following example shows the output of status cdr link Link...

Page 438: ...ain connected to a conference A conferee is not seen by other users due to interworking problems Users cannot participate in Multipoint Communications Service conferences Continuous conferences do not...

Page 439: ...a displays in 2 parts the first screen describes the status of the conference and indicates the modes and levels of the conference It also identifies in use endpoints that cause conference operating m...

Page 440: ...lity none any mlp ww pcs MLP rate Conference MLP Data Rate blank start time date Conference start time in 24 hour notation with month and day stop time date End of conference in 24 hour notation with...

Page 441: ...endpoints can receive frames The MCU cannot detect maximum transmit frame rates or current frame rates Frame rates change due to the amount of motion in the input image QFPS The ACIF frame rate frames...

Page 442: ...es analysis of this endpoint s capabilities and mode field to identify the missing capability f the endpoint is in use but not connected to all media The endpoint declared all required capabilities ch...

Page 443: ...ields are y c downgraded conference video quality from changing CIF to ACIF or by decreasing the frame rate The conference video mode defaults to CIF If QCIF only endpoints join the conference the ent...

Page 444: ...rate adaptation see Join Time below n Another endpoint triggers a 64 kbps conference to rate adapt to 56 kbps This endpoint joins the conference at 64 kbps but encounters problems in rate adapting to...

Page 445: ...endpoint s video broadcasts to other sites This conference is in VAS broadcast or presentation mode Quad screen VAS conferences are prefix with an indicating that this endpoint s video belongs to the...

Page 446: ...endpoint as set in a quadrant An u represents endpoints that belong to the quad image and U represents disconnected endpoints U For quad screen conferences UCC CRCS Agents designate quadrants as VAS U...

Page 447: ...tion errors cause mismatches in primary secondary designation for cascade linking This mismatch indicates that both MCUs are administered as primaries see Cascading for a description of primary second...

Page 448: ...MCU regarding the UIN password Query Timeout periods exist for each period Internal MCU cannot allocate the necessary trunk resources to route the dial out call for the specified dial numbers This pro...

Page 449: ...s between digits inter digit timing System MCU restarts level 2 disconnect all calls UIN Inv The user enters an invalid User Identification Number Unknown The system cannot determine the disconnect ca...

Page 450: ...ed from the endpoint Terminal Name Blank Sum Grp Endpoints belong to this Summer group number and the VC Audio Level L1 and Level 2 L2 summer ports for this group These fields supply entries for confe...

Page 451: ...dia The endpoint declared all required capabilities channel video audio data but is not fully connected to all conference media This endpoint may be connecting failed to connect or is not a valid vide...

Page 452: ...es video if the Chl Aud and Dat fields are y c The endpoint downgrades the conference s video quality from CIF to ACIF or by decreasing the frame rate The conference video mode defaults to CIF and if...

Page 453: ...tation see Join Time below n Another endpoint triggers a 64 kbps conferences to rate adapt to 56 kbps This endpoint joins the conference at 64 kbps but encounters problems with rate adapting to 56 kbp...

Page 454: ...tation mode the mixed image is return video to the presenter a This value applies to quad screen conferences a indicates that an endpoint belongs to the current mixed image and is administered to one...

Page 455: ...uadrant participants s represents an endpoint that is fixed in a particular quadrant S displays when both the endpoint and the UCC CRCS Agent suppress the endpoint video u For full screen conferences...

Page 456: ...on Code Num Trunk Video Aud ESM BONDng Err Software 1 _____ _____ _________ __ ___ ______ ______ ______ ______ ___ ________ 2 _____ _____ _________ __ ___ ______ ______ ______ ______ ___ ________ 3 __...

Page 457: ...for example agents change connected dial out destination numbers Bandwidth Mismatches occur when bandwidths of calls and the conferences they attempt to join are inconsistent BondHshake Unsupported In...

Page 458: ...problem allocating the necessary trunk resources to route dial out calls for specified dial numbers This problem is associated with routing patterns or trunk associated translation for example TAC spe...

Page 459: ...Users enter invalid User Identification Numbers Unknown The system cannot determine the disconnect cause Wrong num The MCU CPTR resources SDN cause values detect an incorrectly dialed destination numb...

Page 460: ...adcaster by the Rollcall feature UCC The UCC designates the broadcaster VAS A Voice Activated Switching broadcaster Next Broadcaster The endpoint number that is selected to be the next broadcaster sta...

Page 461: ...MCV requests force the previous broadcaster to be the return video The broadcaster qualifier identifies the action that forced this endpoint to become return video Autoscan Auto scan return video when...

Page 462: ...or in the event that problems occur It implies that only one B channel is in use AUDIO Conference and endpoint Audio rates kbps bandwidth must be the same Their modes are not necessarily the same When...

Page 463: ...operating at 64kbps 128kbps 192kbps 256kbps 320kbps 384kbps 512kbps 768 kbps 1472kbps 1536kbps or 1920kbps per channel speeds it restricts when operating at 56kbps 112kbps 168kbps 224kbps 280kbps 336...

Page 464: ...le 6B and H0 Not comp 6B H0 indicates that the sender is not interoperating between 6B and H0 Normally this value is Not comp 6B H0 Other values in this mode affect video status AIM Audio Indicate Mut...

Page 465: ...ad screen presentation mode conferences y The endpoint is watching the video of the broadcast source RTLS Single screen conferences y The endpoint is watching the video of the return source HYPR y End...

Page 466: ...ment word is present required in 2B call MFN Multiframe numbering is present required in 2B call FAS Frame Alignment Signal FAS channel number 1 or 2 This number should match the column header MCUFAL...

Page 467: ...H CTX field does not display status conference endpoint page 4 of 6 ENDPOINT CAPABILITY INFORMATION VID vfmt QCIF cmpi 30 H CTX SG4 imp da_sfg qmpi 7 5 H CTX SG4_sfg MISC derestrict S M mbe dcomp cic...

Page 468: ...H CTX H CTX and SG4 are proprietary video format capabilities SG4_sfg indicates support for SG4 Still Frame Graphics MISC The restrict field and the 56 64 command mode with a restrict value indicate...

Page 469: ...1472 1536 from their capability This is Mode 0 forcing and is a normal procedure The MCU provides AOCM if the endpoint does not signal support that matches the conference configuration AUD Audio Audi...

Page 470: ...ber of times this endpoint joins this conference during this session This counter starts with 0 increments to 64 and wraps around back to 1 status conference endpoint page 5 of 6 ENDPOINT CALL STATUS...

Page 471: ..._______ _____________________ __ __ 2 ___ _____________________ _____________________ __ __ 3 ___ _____________________ _____________________ __ __ 4 ___ _____________________ _____________________ __...

Page 472: ...nature indicating that an AC is about to enter the attempting to connect state waiting to retry The AC is inactive waiting for the retry timer to expire Once the timer expires the AC sends a dial out...

Page 473: ...t31 Reason unknown 0x22 0t34 Trunks unavailable 0x26 0t38 Temporary or facility failure 0x29 0t41 Temporary or facility failure 0x2A 0t42 Resources unavailable 0x2C 0t44 Resources unavailable 0x32 0t5...

Page 474: ...nd dry no feedback detected 0xC9 0t201 Cascade link administered wrong 0xCA 0t202 CPTR not available to detect failure Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interaction...

Page 475: ...rvice State This entry displays the status of the data module valid states are In service idle The data module is present but not in use In service active The data module is present and is in use Out...

Page 476: ...put The following example shows the output of status esm Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions status esm init inads craft none none status esm page 1 of 1...

Page 477: ...splay only status firmware download Page 1 of 1 STATUS FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD Source Board Location 01C02 Firmware Image File Name usd1v22r1 Target Board Code TN464 Suffix FP Firmware Vintage 22 Schedule D...

Page 478: ...example shows the output from status hardware group Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions status hardware group print Report sent to printer init inads cr...

Page 479: ...Elapsed Test Time Tracks completion time for the hardware group command If a test cancels and then restarts the time for the cancel period is excluded HH MM SS Repetition Number Number of completed it...

Page 480: ...print Report sent to printer init inads craft cust nms browse none none Major Number of logged major alarms 0 200 Minor Number of logged minor alarms 0 200 Warning Number of warnings logged in the al...

Page 481: ...time from these occupancy categories This percentage is rounded to the nearest integer Idle Available proportion of the CPU This percentage is rounded to the nearest integer Active SPE A or B indicate...

Page 482: ...net 1 display In this case auto is abbreviated a auto is abbreviated a and off is abbreviated of on does not change n a the emergency transfer switch setting is unavailable Mj Number of major alarms a...

Page 483: ...ands can be carried out through the MAPD s operating system The status ip board CCcss command returns the data shown in the first two columns of the Table 27 The form also shows the time of the last p...

Page 484: ...could be found to transmit them to their destination Note that this counter includes any packets counted in ipForwDatagrams which meet this no route criterion Note that this includes any datagrams whi...

Page 485: ...for which no problem was encountered to prevent their transmission to their destination but which were discarded e g for lack of buffer space Note that this counter would include datagrams counted in...

Page 486: ...atus ip network region x or status ip network region y will indicate the result as f failed between those two regions Output The following example shows the output for status network region 1 Field de...

Page 487: ...for data or voice If the trunk is used for data and the rates are high the trunk should be deactivated If the trunk is used for voice the trunk may not be deactivated Also high rates be at risk for so...

Page 488: ...ault of 10 seconds Duration of Test Run time for the test call listed in minutes blank a default time Reason of Termination Reason that the test call terminates finished canceled overflow no bits tran...

Page 489: ...nd emergency access events For general information on journal printer links see busyout journal printer Output The following example shows the output from status journal link wakeup log Field descript...

Page 490: ...tus link can also be invoked with status pgate port for PGATE links status clan port or netstat link n for C LAN links Output The following example shows page 1 of the output from the status link n si...

Page 491: ...igned by add change data module command Service State Displays in service idle in service active disconnected out of service maintenance busy in service inactive active idle Node Name Administered nod...

Page 492: ...ayer protocol One possible reason for discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer space Outgoing Transmitted unicast packets The total number of packets that higher level protocols requested b...

Page 493: ...ses only one page Field descriptions status link page 3 NOTE A dash or a colon between numbers indicates all numbers including and between the indicated numbers TCP IP Applications Currently Active Fo...

Page 494: ...isplayed Such updates do not appear until status logins is executed again Output The following example shows the output from status logins Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Default...

Page 495: ...ssigned to it Output The following example shows the output from status packet interface Field descriptions Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions status pa...

Page 496: ...ows the output from status pms link Field Description Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions status pms link print Report sent to printer init inads craft c...

Page 497: ...e Port 6 of the specified PRI endpoint is out of service and background maintenance testing is being performed on the port NOTE A PRI endpoint can initiate and receive a call on any one or more of the...

Page 498: ...option disabled B Channels Active The number of B channels active on a call B Channels Idle The number of B channels in the in service idle state Port Port locations cabinet carrier slot circuit for...

Page 499: ...ocessor channels 1 Field descriptions Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions status processor channel channel number print Processor channel number 1 64 Rep...

Page 500: ...data transfer state channel up and running 7 Channel is in resynchronization state 8 Channel is waiting for acknowledge of disconnect message 9 ISDN PRI Channel is currently down 10 ISDN PRI Channel i...

Page 501: ...dentifier In a simplex configuration one D channel is used to signal for B channel members Group State in service one of the D channels signaling for the group is in service out of service neither D c...

Page 502: ...over the interface and the far end of the interface responds with a SERVICE ACKnowledge message is the D channel placed in the in service state maintenance busy the D channel is not in the multiple f...

Page 503: ...the link up the link is administered and a call is setup between the switch and the system printer down the link is administered but a call is not setup between the switch and the system printer exten...

Page 504: ...rint init inads craft cust browse none none Administered Type Administered station type Connected Type The actual type of phone connected to this port if the information is available Extension Station...

Page 505: ...ff hook in service in tsa Terminal Self Administration out of service or disconnected Maintenance Busy State y n Whether maintenance is testing the object SAC Activated y n Whether send all calls is a...

Page 506: ...Part ID Number Shows the Part ID Number comcode of the telephone If this field shows Unavailable then the software was unable to determine the Part ID Number Serial Number This is the serial number of...

Page 507: ...phone registers If the phone registers but is unable to send a MAC address then the field shows not available The field is blank if the phone is not registered status station Page 3 of X CALL CONTROL...

Page 508: ...mples of the jitter buffer size for the requested endpoint Packet Loss per Second Last Ten Seconds The ten most recent one second samples of the lost packet information for the requested endpoint Out...

Page 509: ...this Call Jitter the worst case 1 second jitter buffer size ms experienced during the current connection Packet Loss the worst case 1 second packet loss experienced during the current connection Aver...

Page 510: ...rrier slot for a DS1 cabinet carrier for a tone clock Switching Capability Whether the on line reference for synchronization can be switched Enabled Disabled Excessive Reference Switching High level d...

Page 511: ...ier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions status sys link location Port location PCSSpp Example status sys link 1b0201 init inads craft none none status sys link 2a0101 Page 2 of 2 SPE A Lo...

Page 512: ...d path is being used Last Fault Date and time at which the most recent fault occurred State Whether the system link is up or down Time Up The date and time that the link came up Current Hardware Path...

Page 513: ...s system all cabinets Field descriptions Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions status system cabinet 1st cabinet PPN Examples status system 1st cabinet sta...

Page 514: ...e Clock supplies the system clock for the cabinet displayed active Tone Clock active and supplying system clock down Tone Clock failed some maintenance activity and cannot supply the system clock for...

Page 515: ...alarms exist for packet bus components y n BUS FAULTS 0 24 Number of faulty bus leads shorted to another lead stuck at some value or an open lead blank Maintenance Test circuit pack not present Packe...

Page 516: ...ication for the PPN will display a blank If the system does not have an EPN then both the 1A and 1B Emergency Transfer indications for the EPN will display a blank EXP LINK The Expansion Link does not...

Page 517: ...he near end is unable to inform the far end of its maintenance state status The monitor trunk command displays the same information and updates the screen automatically every minute or on demand Param...

Page 518: ...states is displayed in service active in service idle out of service out of service NE out of service FE maint NE active maint FE active maint NE idle maint FE idle pending in service pending maint d...

Page 519: ...status trunk 1 19 SPE B TRUNK STATUS Trunk Group Member 01 19 Service State in service active Port T00123 Maintenance Busy no Signaling Group ID 1 CA TSC state not allowed MM Conference ID 8 MM Endpo...

Page 520: ...Q 931 12B1217 xxx xxx xxx xxx nnnnn xxx xxx xxx xxx nnnnn H 245 12B1217 xxx xxx xxx xxx nnnnn xxx xxx xxx xxx nnnnn G 711 MU Audio 12B11 xxx xxx xxx xxx nnnnn xxx xxx xxx xxx nnnnn H 245 Tunneled in Q...

Page 521: ...Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions status tsc administered signaling group tsc index print Administered signaling group number Number associated with each TSC in a signaling gr...

Page 522: ...D channel out of service or disabled active indicates that the administered TSC is up and user information can be exchanged end to end pending inactive shows that the TSC is being released pending ac...

Page 523: ...dministered were translated as TTI ports if administered the administration was removed of Boards Left to Process The number of TTI supported circuit packs that were not processed by the background ma...

Page 524: ...ject Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions status val ip status val ip 1C02 IP STATUS Reset Time mm dd hh mm Last Hour Start Time mm dd hh mm End Time mm dd hh mm Incomi...

Page 525: ...quence fails 1 Use the screen to schedule execution of the command The command is placed in the command queue and is executed at the specified time The information displayed by the command is sent to...

Page 526: ...ries The results appear on an output screen and status information appears on the message line as the command progresses Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit Maintenance Name The name of mai...

Page 527: ...t alarms test alarms step failures test alarms long clear auto page test alarms long failures 1 If auto page option is not specified the screen does not refresh once filled and testing stops until the...

Page 528: ...being tested by another user an error message appears Options form Enter test alarms to display the options screen for alarm Field descriptions Hardware Test Alarm Query Alarm Types The type of alarm...

Page 529: ...system defaults to all of the equipment Select one of the following fields Cabinet tests alarms associated with a particular cabinet 1 3 Port Network tests all alarms associated with a particular por...

Page 530: ...RDY ready for service OUT out of service or IN in service Ack Whether alarm has been acknowledged by the first and second OSS telephone numbers respectively Date Alarmed Day hour and minute of alarm A...

Page 531: ...bject is The field contains station extension trunk xxx yyy xxx trunk group yyy member number private CO line P xxx xxx private CO line group number Test No The test being executed Result Test result...

Page 532: ...ype Executes a supervision only test call approx 10 sec and confirms the presence of the test set at the far end Executes the full test skips any self test sequences saving about 20 seconds on the typ...

Page 533: ...s r 2 test analog testcall trunk 80 1 s r 2 schedule test analog testcall trunk 78 2 no selftest r 10 test analog testcall trunk 78 2 no selftest r 10 schedule test analog testcall trunk 78 r 4 test...

Page 534: ...circuit pack except for environmental components and system links which require the test environment and test sys link commands The processor components are tested in the following order PROCR PR MEM...

Page 535: ...t in the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Use the screen to schedule e...

Page 536: ...oup yyy member number private CO line P xxx xxx private CO line group number Test No The test being executed Result Test result Pass Fail Abort Disabled No Board or Extra Board Error Code Numeric code...

Page 537: ...High or Critical Reliability system This command can also help troubleshoot the following hardware errors CARD MEM CAP MEM and FL DATA Test Short Long Memory Card Insertion Test 695 X X Memory Card F...

Page 538: ...This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 2 Use the screen to schedule execution of the command The command...

Page 539: ...m running test card mem command for a memory card in the standby SPE means that the standby SPE is put into the maintenance mode and no SPE interchange is allowed through reset system interchange or s...

Page 540: ...slot and circuit fields in the port address for the CAP MEM and CARD MEM maintenance objects are always blank The port address for maintenance object FL DATA is blank Maintenance Name The name of mai...

Page 541: ...the sequence fails 2 Use the screen to schedule execution of the command The command is placed in the command queue and is executed at the specified time The information displayed by the command is se...

Page 542: ...es the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 1 If no alarms are registered against the maintenance object then the test seque...

Page 543: ...intenance Name The maintenance name always CUST ALM Alt Name Not applicable Test No The test number always 115 Result Test result Pass Abort or Fail Error Code Numeric code explaining why the release...

Page 544: ...ore comprehensive test series includes a destructive test repeat number How many times each test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 clear This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat un...

Page 545: ...to the screen after executing Use list measurements ds1 summary to monitor the status of a long duration loopback span test Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit Maintenance Name The name of...

Page 546: ...4F or TN767E or later suffix DS1 boards only The test aborts if the board has not been taken out of service with the busyout command far csu loopback test begin Long duration loopback test setup throu...

Page 547: ...appear on a test by test basis with one line of data for each test result Field descriptions Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit Maintenance Name The name of maintenance object Alt Name Th...

Page 548: ...the command The command is placed in the command queue and is executed at the specified time The information displayed by the command is sent to the system printer instead of the screen 3 Examples tes...

Page 549: ...tenance Objects involved in this testing 1 CABINET tests air flow and temperature 2 EMG XFER tests emergency transfer status Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit Maintenance Name The name of...

Page 550: ...the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Use the screen to schedule execut...

Page 551: ...shows the output for test environment 1 to test a PPN cabinet The responses appear on a test by test basis with one line of data for each test result Field descriptions Port Port address cabinet carr...

Page 552: ...play shows a typical result for test failed ip network region Field descriptions test firmware download Use test firmware download to runs a series of demand maintenance tests on all hardware in a spe...

Page 553: ...urrent testing is done to enhance performance therefore test results appear on the SAT in the order they are received Consequently test results of one maintenance object may be intermixed with test re...

Page 554: ...up carrier 1a schedule test hardware group board 01c07 test hardware group board 01c07 schedule test hardware group spe test hardware group spe print test hardware group spe schedule 1 The type of car...

Page 555: ...ils Save translation If test hardware group all ports is run and save translations is active some unadministered ports may not be tested All other hardware will be tested normally Hardware alarms When...

Page 556: ...o continuously then this field disappears from the screen if this field is set to repeat then the field appears Auto page Provides a new screen every time the SAT screen fills with test results n y Th...

Page 557: ...TN746 16 port Analog Line TN417 Auxiliary Trunk TN747B Central Office Trunk TN429 Direct Inward Outward Dialing Trunk TN753 Direct Inward Dial Trunk TN436 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk TN754 Digital Lin...

Page 558: ...interchange Allow for planned interchange of duplicated SPEs and subsequent testing of both the active and standby SPEs Table 28 Test of all ports option for the following boards Continued Board Numb...

Page 559: ...s 2 minutes before dialing the call to allow the remote maintenance technician to logoff thus freeing the line A local SAT user entering test inads link does not need to log off for the system to plac...

Page 560: ...system message The Maintain Process Circuit Packs field must be set to yes on the inads and technician permission forms This will provide permissions to execute test inads link Use change permission l...

Page 561: ...e series of both destructive and nondestructive diagnostic tests Number of times each test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alar...

Page 562: ...associated with the particular processor interface board Maintenance Name The name of maintenance object Alt Name Not applicable Test No The test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort Fail No B...

Page 563: ...ynchronous outgoing test calls running depends upon the number of Maintenance Test circuit packs in the system Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions test i...

Page 564: ...ntenance object being tested Alt Name Alternate means of identifying the maintenance object trunk object xxx yyy where xxx trunk group number yyy member number Test No The test being executed Result T...

Page 565: ...iagnostic tests Number of times each test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the seque...

Page 566: ...down the busyout command will stop periodic re setup trys on the link Output The following example shows the output for test journal printer pms log The responses appear on a test by test basis with o...

Page 567: ...Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit Maintenance Name The name of maintenance object Alt Name Alternate way to identify maintenance objects If the Object is The field contains station exten...

Page 568: ...re NOT lighted by the test led command Power Unit LEDs Yellow amber LED on the tape drive Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions test led all cabinet number...

Page 569: ...ong to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Use the screen to schedule execution of the command The command is placed in the command queue and is executed...

Page 570: ...ss cabinet carrier Maintenance Name The name of maintenance object being tested is MEMORY Alt Name Not applicable Test No The test being executed Result The result of the test Pass Abort or Fail Error...

Page 571: ...e sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Use the screen to schedule executio...

Page 572: ...ce Name The name of the maintenance object Alt Name Extension number of the DATA CHL if administered For other maintenance objects this field is not applicable and therefore empty Test No The test bei...

Page 573: ...s option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Use the screen to schedule execution of the command The command is...

Page 574: ...enance Name The name of maintenance object being tested Alt Name Not applicable Test No The test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort Fail No Board Disabled Extra Bd Error Code Numeric code ex...

Page 575: ...er letter Option for a brief series of nondestructive diagnostic tests Option for a longer more comprehensive series of both destructive and nondestructive diagnostic tests How many times each test in...

Page 576: ...until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Use the screen to schedule execution of the command The command is placed in the command queue and is executed at the specif...

Page 577: ...out command is used to do this and causes the link to be torn down If the link is already down busyout stops periodic re setup tries on the link Output The following example shows the output from test...

Page 578: ...ny times each test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Use the scr...

Page 579: ...alternate means of identifying the maintenance object If the Object is The field contains station extension trunk xxx yyy xxx trunk group yyy member number private CO line P xxx xxx private CO line gr...

Page 580: ...gle test in the sequence fails 1 Use the screen to schedule execution of the command The command is placed in the command queue and is executed at the specified time The information displayed by the c...

Page 581: ...int Test No The actual test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort Fail No Board Disabled Extra Bd Error Code Numeric code explaining why the release failed or aborted See the detailed list of t...

Page 582: ...the command The command is placed in the command queue and is executed at the specified time The information displayed by the command is sent to the system printer instead of the screen 2 Examples tes...

Page 583: ...le Test No Test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort Fail No Board Disabled Extra Bd Error Code Numeric code explaining why the release failed or aborted See the detailed list of the codes by...

Page 584: ...hensive series of both destructive and nondestructive diagnostic tests How many times each test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the...

Page 585: ...ptions Port The signaling group number 1 8 of the signaling group that is being tested Maintenance Name The type of maintenance object that is being tested Alt Name Not Applicable Test No Test being e...

Page 586: ...ualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions test sp link short long schedule Option for a brief series of nondestructive diagnostic tests Option for a longer more comprehensive series of...

Page 587: ...t Alt Name Alternate means of identifying the maintenance object This field contains the extension when the object is a data module Test No Test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort Fail No Bo...

Page 588: ...structive diagnostic tests How many times each test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in...

Page 589: ...carrier slot circuit Maintenance Name The type of maintenance object that is being tested Alt Name Alternate means of identifying the maintenance object This field contains the extension when the obj...

Page 590: ...test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Use the screen to schedul...

Page 591: ...t Field descriptions Port Not applicable Maintenance Name Maintenance object name Alt Name Not applicable Test No Test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort Fail No Board Disabled Extra Bd Erro...

Page 592: ...k as it was constituted when a fault last caused the link to go down Option for a brief series of nondestructive diagnostic tests Option for a longer more comprehensive series of both destructive and...

Page 593: ...nk Test No Test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort Fail No Board Disabled Extra Bd Error Code Numeric code explaining why the release failed or aborted See the detailed list of the codes by...

Page 594: ...arm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Use the screen to schedule execution of the command The command is placed in the command queue and is executed at the specified time The...

Page 595: ...intenance Name Maintenance object name Alt Name Not applicable Test No Test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort Fail No Board Disabled Extra Bd Error Code Numeric code explaining why the rele...

Page 596: ...repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Use the screen to schedule execution of the command The command is placed in the command queue and is executed at the...

Page 597: ...TDM CLK Alt Name Not applicable Test No Test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort Fail No Board Disabled or Extra Bd Error Code Numeric code explaining why the release failed or aborted See th...

Page 598: ...test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Use the screen to schedule execution of the command The command is placed in the comman...

Page 599: ...tenance object If the object is a trunk the field contains xxx yyy where xxx trunk group number yyy member number If the object is a private CO line the field contains P xxx where xxx private CO line...

Page 600: ...ber tsc index repeat number schedule Signaling group number 1 8 The number associated with each TSC in a signaling group The number of times each test in sequence is repeated Use the screen to schedul...

Page 601: ...tion IP addresses of the hop points and the final destination Observed round trip delay from the source to each hop point If no reply is received from a potential hop point the IP Address field contai...

Page 602: ...utput The following shows an example output for C LAN traceroute For Medpro or Prowler boards the clan port 1 17 qualifier does not appear Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults...

Page 603: ...elpful to read the Feature Interactions for this command before upgrading the system software clan port Identifies the port on the CLAN board from which the traceroute command is issued This field app...

Page 604: ...een the last save translation operation and the completion of the upgrade software command Recent Change History Log The upgrade software command is not logged for both simplex and duplex systems This...

Page 605: ...ccurs will not be visible and the MTP will not be present to monitor the health of the processor The only recovery procedure is to power down and power up the system since the presence of a software c...

Page 606: ...PLACE SOFTWARE MEM CARD WITH TRANSLATION MEM CARD The system technician is prompted by a beep and this text string on the Manager I to replace the software card mem with the translation card mem The s...

Page 607: ...edures in the Technical and Administration Plan ADM CONN Administered Connection MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where N is an appropriate Administered Connection number det...

Page 608: ...pt to establish was due to an administered error The alarm raised major minor warning or none is specified in the Alarm Type field of the Administered Connection Administration screen Error Log Entrie...

Page 609: ...None 82 a b c r Any None Any OFF None 88 a b c d s Any None Any OFF None 91 a b c q Any None Any OFF None 95 a b c q Any None Any OFF None 96 a b c q Any None Any OFF None 97 a b c q Any None Any OFF...

Page 610: ...correct and that the destination endpoint is administered The destination endpoint is not administered on the switch where this error is logged e A request has been made to use a transit network or co...

Page 611: ...g calls may be barred on the destination switch 54 To restore an administered connection failure use status administered connection for current administered connection state and observe the retry coun...

Page 612: ...tests described in this manual apply only to switch side maintenance which tests circuit pack components related to the TDM bus interface The AUDIX system has an extensive maintenance strategy that is...

Page 613: ...tch is concerned The other 4 slots are seen by the switch as AUDIX reserved slots or ADXDP RS ADX8D RS In DP mode the TN566 pack supports up to 8 voice ports each with a primary information channel an...

Page 614: ...f board problems have been detected with the link to the voice port When an error with the link is detected an on board counter is incremented Also see Note a e Error type 15 is an internal error that...

Page 615: ...is can be ignored if no user complaints are received If the problem persists replace the circuit pack see caution at the beginning of this section Once the problem is resolved the alarm is retired aft...

Page 616: ...n both the primary information channel voice and on the secondary information channel data associated with each EMBEDDED AUDIX port If this test fails on either channel the voice port is taken out of...

Page 617: ...tone receiver for the test The system may be oversized for the number of Tone Detectors present or some Tone Detectors may be out of service 1 Resolve any TTR LEV errors 2 Resolve any TONE PT errors...

Page 618: ...uence is stopped PASS The port is using its allocated time slots correctly 1 To be sure that this is not an intermittent problem repeat this test up to a maximum of 10 times to make sure it continues...

Page 619: ...be out of service 1 Resolve any TTR LEV errors 2 Resolve any TONE PT errors 3 If neither condition exists retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1004 ABORT The port was put in us...

Page 620: ...use of this port None FAIL The test failed for reasons external to the EMBEDDED AUDIX circuit pack 1 Run circuit pack tests to check the Tone Generator circuit pack and the Tone Detector circuit pack...

Page 621: ...ts described in this manual apply only to switch side maintenance which tests circuit pack components related to the TDM bus interface The AUDIX system has an extensive maintenance strategy of its own...

Page 622: ...The tests described in this manual apply only to switch side maintenance which tests circuit pack components related to the TDM bus interface The AUDIX system has an extensive maintenance strategy th...

Page 623: ...cks the TN566 Multifunction Board MFB and the TN2169 Alarm Board ALB Because of its size this combination occupies 5 slots but only 1 slot is functional as far as the system is concerned The other 4 s...

Page 624: ...e been detected with the link to the voice port When an error with the link is detected an on board counter is incremented Also see Note a above e This is an internal type error that occurs when an au...

Page 625: ...oice port This can be ignored if no user complaints are received If the problem persists replace the circuit pack see caution at the beginning of this section Once the problem is resolved the alarm is...

Page 626: ...d on both the primary information channel voice and on the secondary information channel data associated with each EMBEDDED AUDIX port If this test fails on either channel the voice port is taken out...

Page 627: ...the number of tone detectors present or some tone detectors may be out of service 1 Resolve any TTR LEV errors in the Error Log 2 Resolve any TONE PT errors in the Error Log 3 Retry the command at 1 m...

Page 628: ...The port is using its allocated time slots correctly 1 To be sure that this is not an intermittent problem repeat this test up to a maximum of 10 times to make sure it continues to pass 2 If complain...

Page 629: ...or some tone detectors may be out of service 1 Resolve any TTR LEV errors 2 Resolve any TONE PT errors 3 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1004 ABORT The port was put in us...

Page 630: ...effect to loss of use of this port None FAIL The test failed for reasons external to the AUDIX 1 Use test board PCSS to run circuit pack tests to check the tone generator circuit pack and the tone de...

Page 631: ...stem Maintenance 585 300 110 AUDIX resides on a combined pair of circuit packs the TN566 Multifunction Board MFB and the TN2169 Alarm Board ALB Because of its size this combination occupies 5 slots bu...

Page 632: ...minutes To clear the error reseat or replace the circuit pack f Error type 257 is an in line error and can only be resolved over time This error indicates that ringing voltage is absent If only 1 anal...

Page 633: ...L and not to EMBEDDED AUDIX These tests always return PASS Battery Feed Test 35 Audits and Updates Test 36 Station Present Test 48 Tests 36 and 48 ABORT when AUDIX is not running NPE Crosstalk Test 6...

Page 634: ...tenance documentation to diagnose any active TDM BUS errors 1 If system has no TDM BUS errors and is not handling heavy traffic retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1003 ABORT...

Page 635: ...r by examining the station Table 35 TEST 7 Conference Circuit Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test a 1000 ABO...

Page 636: ...tions 1 Replace the circuit pack PASS The port can correctly conference multiple connections User reported troubles on this port should be investigated by using other port tests and by examining stati...

Page 637: ...determine the service state of the port If the port is in use wait until the port is idle before testing 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1018 ABORT Test disabled by adm...

Page 638: ...rm The External Device Alarm EXT DEV maintenance object is used for the off board external device alarm MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P is the port network number 1...

Page 639: ...g line circuit pack supports analog data modules When assigned analog data modules provide access to the Net Pkt TN2401 TN794 data ports To activate an analog data module assign the port location on t...

Page 640: ...35 Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Values Table 37 24 Port Analog Line Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 0a 0 Any Any Any test por...

Page 641: ...n the short test and follow the procedure for the results of Test 48 d Error type 15 is a software audit error that does not indicate any hardware malfunction Run Short Test Sequence and investigate a...

Page 642: ...onnections If the NPE is not working correctly one way and noisy connections may be observed This test is usually part of the long test sequence and takes about 20 to 30 seconds to complete Order of I...

Page 643: ...be oversized for the number of tone detectors present or some tone detectors may be out of service 1 Look for TTR LEV errors in the Error Log If present refer to TTR LEV 2 Look for TONE PT errors in t...

Page 644: ...ONE PT errors in the error log If present refer to TONE BD and TONE PT 4 Test the board when the faults from Steps 1 2 and 3 are cleared Replace the board if the test fails PASS The port is correctly...

Page 645: ...se display port PCSSpp to determine the station extension 2 Use status station to determine the service state of the port 3 If the port is in use wait until the port is idle and retry the command at 1...

Page 646: ...busyout port and release port and retest 3 If the test still fails replace the board PASS The port can correctly conference multiple connections User reported troubles on this port should be investiga...

Page 647: ...he Test field on the station form is y Determine why this field has been set to n for this station It may be due to application Test 48 which can disturb users or terminal operations 1 To enable the t...

Page 648: ...t relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Check to ensure that the...

Page 649: ...for example the modem pool member or Music On Hold 1006 ABORT This port has been busied out by command or taken out of service by the failure of the NPE Crosstalk Test 1 Look in the Error Log for erro...

Page 650: ...dware problem There may be an internal software error The ringer update failed 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times PASS The software and the port processor have the same sta...

Page 651: ...1008 ABORT Could not allocate a ringing circuit Either all the ringing circuits are in use or the ringing generator is defective or it is not wired correctly 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals...

Page 652: ...to the switch This test may also pass if no terminal equipment is connected and the terminal is located very far from the switch User reported troubles on this port should be investigated by using ot...

Page 653: ...avy traffic conditions or it may have time slots out of service due to TDM BUS errors Refer to TDM BUS to diagnose TDM BUS errors 1 If system has no TDM BUS errors and is not handling heavy traffic re...

Page 654: ...rcuit pack and the tone detector circuit pack 3 Resolve any problems on the tone generator circuit pack or the tone detector circuit pack 4 If the tone generator and tone detector circuit packs are fu...

Page 655: ...n1 1 Where P is the port network number 1 for PPN C is the carrier designation for example A B or C and SS is the address of the slot in the carrier where the circuit pack is located for example 01 02...

Page 656: ...cause a false alarm when the port is connected to off premises equipment some non voice terminal equipment and some loop equipment If this is the case disable the test using the Tests field of the ch...

Page 657: ...15 c Any Audits and Updates Test 36 18 0 busyout station extension WRN OFF release station extension 130 d None WRN ON test port PCSSpp sh 257 e Station Present Test 48 WRN OFF test port PCSSpp sh r 3...

Page 658: ...ort PCSSpp to run the Short Test and follow the procedure for the results of Test 48 c Error type 15 is a software audit error that does not indicate any hardware malfunction Run Short Test Sequence a...

Page 659: ...s conferencing functions on a per port basis The NPE Crosstalk Test verifies that this port s NPE channel talks on the selected time slot and never crosses over to time slots reserved for other connec...

Page 660: ...M Bus Maintenance documentation to diagnose any active TDM BUS errors 1 If system has no TDM BUS errors and is not handling heavy traffic repeat test at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1003 AB...

Page 661: ...station extension and set the Test field to y 1020 ABORT The test did not run due to a previously existing error on the specific port or a more general circuit pack error 1 Examine Error Log for exis...

Page 662: ...fails PASS The port is correctly using its allocated time slots User reported troubles on this port should be investigated by using other port tests by examining station wiring by examining the stati...

Page 663: ...apter 8 Maintenance Commands and Trouble Clearing Aids for a full description of all possible states Wait until the port is idle before retesting 1 If the port status is idle retry the command at 1 mi...

Page 664: ...cient power to the terminal equipment This may occur when the test is performed at the same time that the terminal equipment goes off hook 1 Use status station to determine when the port is available...

Page 665: ...ssue reset board 4 Issue release busy board 5 Issue test board long This should re establish the linkage between the internal ID and the port If this is not the case dispatch to check to ensure that t...

Page 666: ...ces to run this test 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the...

Page 667: ...a maximum of 5 times PASS The software and the port processor have the same status User reported troubles on this port should be investigated by using other port tests by examining station wiring by e...

Page 668: ...measured by a Tone Detector port If the level of the tone is within a certain range the test passes The noise test is performed by filtering out the tone and measuring inherent port noise NOTE This L...

Page 669: ...y the command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 1002 ABORT The system could not allocate time slots for the test The system may be under heavy traffic conditions or it may have time slots out of ser...

Page 670: ...ort or to put the port into a service state failed or the attempt to put the port in connection with a tone source failed this could be a tone clock problem The tone clock and tone detectors could be...

Page 671: ...r problem is indicated PASS The port is able to provide an analog transmission path to the station equipment User reported troubles on this port should be investigated by using other port tests by exa...

Page 672: ...rt If the port is in use it will be unavailable for certain tests Wait until the port is idle before retesting 1 If the port is idle retry the command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 2 Check for p...

Page 673: ...ed to run this test are not available Either a system allocation to get information about the port or to put the port into a service state failed or the attempt to put the port in connection with a to...

Page 674: ...6 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inser...

Page 675: ...analog data module assign the port location on the data form and connect a modem to the port The analog data module can be used for connection to a CDR output or other adjuncts as needed These ports a...

Page 676: ...st port UUCSSpp sh r 1 1 a 40960 40975 40977 none 15 b Any Audits and Updates Test 36 18 0 busy station extension WRN ON release station extension 130 c None WRN ON test port UUCSSpp sh 257 d 40973 no...

Page 677: ...ts of Test 48 b Error Type 15 this is a software audit error that does not indicate any hardware malfunction 1 Run the Short Test Sequence and investigate any associated errors c Error Type 130 this e...

Page 678: ...working correctly one way and noisy connections may be observed This test is usually part of the long test sequence and takes about 20 to 30 seconds to complete Order of Investigation Short Test Sequ...

Page 679: ...M BUS errors and is not handling heavy traffic retry the command at 1 minute intervals no more than 5 times 3 If the test continues to abort escalate the problem 1003 ABORT The system could not alloca...

Page 680: ...ulty board connection to the backplane or bent pins on the backplane Resolve any TDM BUS errors in the error log 2 Resolve any EXP PN and or EXP INTF errors in the error log 3 Resolve any TONE BD and...

Page 681: ...is idle Retry the command at 1 minute intervals no more than 5 times 4 If the test continues to abort escalate the problem 1004 ABORT A valid call seized the port during the test and aborted the test...

Page 682: ...If the test still fails replace the board PASS The port can correctly conference multiple connections Investigate user reported troubles on this port by running other port tests by examining station...

Page 683: ...n extension to determine the service state of the port 3 If the port is in use wait until the port is idle Retry the command at 1 minute intervals no more than 5 times 4 If the test continues to abort...

Page 684: ...e the problem FAIL The port s battery feed chip is unable to supply sufficient power to the terminal equipment This test result might be marginal and the terminal equipment may be operating satisfacto...

Page 685: ...a valid board is inserted Table 53 Test 36 Station Status and Translation Audits and Updates Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation ABORT Necessary system resources could not be allocated t...

Page 686: ...other updates were not performed because of this failure This may occur if the audit is performed at the same time the terminal equipment goes off hook 1 Use status station extension to determine whe...

Page 687: ...translations are correct Use list configuration and resolve any problems 2 If the board is correctly inserted use busy board UUCSS 3 Issue reset board UUCSS 4 Issue release board UUCSS 5 Issue test bo...

Page 688: ...T System resources are unavailable The port may be busy with a valid call This result is also reported for the system s Music On Hold port when it is off hook which it usually is 1 Use display port UU...

Page 689: ...station extension and set the Test field to y 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not a...

Page 690: ...result could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Check to make sure that the board translations are correct Use list c...

Page 691: ...ine the service state of the port 3 If the port is in use wait until the port is idle Retry the command at 1 minute intervals no more than 5 times 4 If the test continues to abort escalate the problem...

Page 692: ...le time period 2100 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals no more than 5 times 2 If the test continues to abort escalate the prob...

Page 693: ...the board translations are correct Use list configuration and resolve any problems 2 If the board is correctly inserted use busy board UUCSS 3 Issue reset board UUCSS 4 Issue release board UUCSS comm...

Page 694: ...multiple announcement boards up to ten are allowed Only one TN750A B may be present in the system when a TN750C is used The announcements from a TN750A B can be saved and restored to a TN750C but onc...

Page 695: ...circuit pack is in proper working order see Note NOTE Unlike translations announcements are NEVER automatically saved to the memory card 3 The save announcements command replaces the announcement fil...

Page 696: ...n the tape drive f Issue the save announcements command to save all the announcements on the tape This hardware fault is fixed in the TN750B announcement board However the TN750B board will not automa...

Page 697: ...ply calling the announcement extension associated with them Uploading Downloading Announcements Use save announcements to upload integrated announcements on the TN750 Announcement circuit pack to the...

Page 698: ...Announcement Checksum Test 209 18 0 busyout board PCSS WARNING OFF release board PCSS 23 c 0 None WARNING OFF 125 d None MINOR ON 170 0 None MINOR ON 217 e 0 None WARNING OFF 257 65535 Control Channel...

Page 699: ...Around Test 210 MINOR ON test board PCSS sh r 3 2561 Super Frame Match Inquiry Test 211 MINOR ON test board PCSS sh r 3 17676 In line Error 2817 k Announcement Checksum Test 209 MINOR ON test board PC...

Page 700: ...r Type 2817 Follow the procedures for Error Type 2817 to troubleshoot Error Type 14 c Error Type 23 The circuit pack has been logically administered but not physically installed The alarm is cleared w...

Page 701: ...9 and 2817 These errors are logged in conjunction with Error Type 1281 Aux Data 17699 Since that error see Note i means that a defective speech memory location was found the announcement checksum erro...

Page 702: ...oading announcements The extension can be found by using list data module System Technician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes Always investigate tests in the order presented in Table 57 when...

Page 703: ...1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times FAIL Test failed Circuit pack cannot be used Announcement speech memory is cleared when this test fails Therefore when the problem has been resolved announcemen...

Page 704: ...ted due to a hardware fault in the TN750 board Follow step 7 under General Notes at the beginning of this section 1023 ABORT There are no announcements currently recorded on the circuit pack 1024 ABOR...

Page 705: ...tension associated with the announcement number If the announcement sounds corrupted rerecord it or delete it 1 Look in the Error Log to determine the number of the first defective announcement Play b...

Page 706: ...n this state yield the following abort codes Ports 1 AND 9 abort Test 206 with code 1024 Ports 1 AND 9 abort Test 205 with code 2000 Board level Tests 209 and 210 abort with code 1024 3 The save resto...

Page 707: ...op Around Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1 3 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period The error code indicates at which speech compr...

Page 708: ...to a NETCON data channel and the card in use LED for the memory card should be on to determine the extension of the announcement data module use the list data module command See Note a at end of table...

Page 709: ...05 with code 2000 Board level Tests 209 and 210 abort with code 1024 3 The save restore announcements command times out with Error encountered can t complete request 1 3 FAIL Test failed The error cod...

Page 710: ...ponse to the test request was not received within the allowable time period If Error Type 1538 is present in the Error Log follow the maintenance strategy recommended for this Error Type 2100 ABORT Co...

Page 711: ...e or the Active Tone Clock circuit pack TONE BD may be marginal and is causing this test to fail 1 Reset the circuit pack with reset board PCSS and run this test again If the test continues to fail go...

Page 712: ...ack which has 16 channels one for each Announcement Port General Notes Here are a few very important general notes that apply to any problem on the Announcement circuit pack The user should read this...

Page 713: ...ry is corrupted announcements should not be saved that is if the Announcement Checksum Test 209 fails or if the speech sounds corrupted on playback This can ruin a good announcement file and potential...

Page 714: ...nouncement circuit pack can be uploaded to the memory card with save announcements Similarly integrated announcements can be downloaded to the Announcement circuit pack with restore announcements Both...

Page 715: ...n the Announcement circuit pack causes this error to be logged against the Announcement Port 1793 2049 2305 2561 Follow the ANN BD Announcement Circuit Pack Maintenance documentation to resolve these...

Page 716: ...run periodically by the switch maintenance and by the Announcement circuit pack in the background Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive...

Page 717: ...Ports 1 AND 9 abort Test 206 with code 1024 Ports 1 AND 9 abort Test 205 with code 2000 Board level Tests 209 and 210 abort with code 1024 FAIL Test failed Announcements played back on this port may s...

Page 718: ...byte sequence is played through the 140AY device onto the TDM Bus A General Purpose Tone Detector is used to confirm that the proper sequence was played This test is very important It is the only tes...

Page 719: ...present refer to TTR LEV TTR Level Maintenance documentation 2 Look for TONE PT errors in the Error Log If present refer to TONE PT Tone Generator Maintenance documentation 3 If neither condition exi...

Page 720: ...PT General Purpose Tone Detector Port CPTR Maintenance documentation to diagnose them first 1 If there are no active GPTD PT errors reset the circuit pack with reset board PCSS and run this test again...

Page 721: ...ncement is played back 2 Performing a test board long when the circuit pack is in this state yields the following abort codes Ports 1 and 9 abort Test 206 with code 1024 Ports 1 and 9 abort Test 205 w...

Page 722: ...circuit pack with reset board PCSS and run this test again If the test continues to fail replace the circuit pack see Warning 2 If there are recurring alarms on this port caused by this test failing r...

Page 723: ...the system To save or restore announcements an ANNOUNCEMENT Data Extension must be administered and at least one DATA CHL Network Control Data Channel must be in the in service idle state Figure 20 C...

Page 724: ...a c any None 257 c any None 513 b c 0 None 769 c 0 None 1025 c any None Table 67 Aux Data Error Codes and Recommended Repair Procedures Aux Data Description Recommendation 9000 through 9031 CARD MEM...

Page 725: ...tatus command to check the status of the Announcement Data Module 32008 Announcement data is being saved or loaded 1 Retry the command at 2 minute intervals a maximum of three times 2 If the save rest...

Page 726: ...k for any other ANNOUNCE errors and take corrective action If there are no other announcements errors do the following 1 Retry the command at 2 minute intervals a maximum of three times 2 If the save...

Page 727: ...ATM DCH handles call control signaling One D channel handles signaling for a group of B channels that combine to form a signaling group ATM SGRP B channel service states The ISDN specification define...

Page 728: ...annel in the OOS FE state Out of Service Near E nd OOS NE The NPE Crosstalk Test has failed or the trunk is busied out Calls cannot be placed or received Maintenance Far End MTC FE A request has timed...

Page 729: ...nk on the far end switch Warning Far end busied out Check the status of the far end switch Pending In Service Pending Maint None Maintenance message timed out waiting for reply Wait 2 minutes after th...

Page 730: ...nce of SETUP message glare Near end attempted a call on a B channel that the far end has marked OOS When running the Short Test Sequence pay close attention to the results of the Call State Audit Test...

Page 731: ...state g Error Type 769 inconsistent SERVice or SERVice ACKnowledge message Possible causes SERVice or SERVice ACKnowledge message received containing a change status that is more available than the p...

Page 732: ...ar end 3 If problems persist busyout the ATM trunk to take it out of the hunt group The WARNING alarm retires automatically whenever a called endpoint answers an outgoing or incoming call that uses th...

Page 733: ...both important elements to the health of the ATM BCH trunk Table 71 System Technician Demanded Tests ATM BCH Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence Destructive or Non destructiv...

Page 734: ...some other country protocol the service state audit executes only on trunks that are in the OUT OF SERVICE FAR END state It asks the far end switch to bring the trunk back into the IN SERVICE state an...

Page 735: ...state 1 Retry the command up to 5 times at 1 minute intervals 1116 ABORT Trunk not in Out of Service Far end state and country protocol other than 1 1117 ABORT Service state audit message outstanding...

Page 736: ...e Audit Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1018 ABORT Maintenance disabled 1 Enable maintenance by entering y in the Maintenance Tests field on page 2 of the change trunk group for...

Page 737: ...utgoing test call including a test call for ISDN PRI trunks with these commands test trunk grp mbr long repeat test board UUCSS long repeat test port UUCSSpp long repeat Table 75 TEST 258 ISDN Test Ca...

Page 738: ...it Emulation Service Circuit Pack maintenance object 1117 ABORT ISDN service message outstanding 1 Wait 2 minutes and try again 1118 ABORT Far end not administered 1 Check the administration of the fa...

Page 739: ...vals 2067 ABORT Call timed out 1 Wait 1 minute and try again 2074 ABORT Bit and Block Error query failed 1 Retry the command up to 5 times at 1 minute intervals 2 If the test continues to abort there...

Page 740: ...y unexpected disconnect 1 Wait 1 minute and try again 2215 2219 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2220 ABORT Call terminated prematurely 1 Wait...

Page 741: ...t control messages between two endpoints User information or bearer channels B channels carry digitized voice and digital data and are assigned to DS1 ISDN trunks or PRI endpoints Call control signali...

Page 742: ...ck 643 Resolve any ATM TRK errors in the Error Log System Technician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes The command to test the ATM DCH maintenance object is test port UUCSSpp where pp is for...

Page 743: ...d independently of the ATM CES signaling link maintenance raising the possibility of inconsistent states Table 78 TEST 643 Signaling Link Board Check Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation...

Page 744: ...and and the board can be reset by using the reset board command The board is visible through the list config and change circuit pack commands The circuit packs listed in Table 79 are ATM EI boards if...

Page 745: ...uit pack is logically administered To resolve this problem either remove the wrong circuit pack or insert the logically administered circuit pack c Error Type 217 The ATM circuit pack is physically pr...

Page 746: ...2100 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available 2500 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times FAIL The circuit pack failed...

Page 747: ...formation see ATM TRK Circuit Emulation Service Circuit Pack The operation of the entire ATM signaling group depends on several other entities the ATM DCH signaling channel port the TN230X Interface c...

Page 748: ...present no action is required If Layer 3 communication is down 1 Check for alarms and errors against link components 2 Check out other errors against ATM SGRP ATM TRK and other hardware components on...

Page 749: ...ut of service verify using the status sig group command d Error Type 769 signaling link hardware error Service affecting failures of the hardware used to transport the D Channel are reported to the AT...

Page 750: ...alarms retired h Error Type 3585 A SERV or SERV ACK ISDN D channel message has been received by a non US type interface country option other than 1 on the DS1 administration form However these messag...

Page 751: ...Data field determine the trunk group against which the error was reported 2 Issue the status trunk command for the indicated trunk 3 Refer to Table 68 on page 728 in ATM BCH ATM B Channel Trunk for r...

Page 752: ...offer a clue if customer is having ISDN calls denied with an unexpected intercept tone 1 If customer is complaining of unexpected intercept tones when accessing ISDN trunks or PRI endpoints and no ot...

Page 753: ...ecommendations listed above for Error Type 3890 3928 A call was denied because of a basic incompatibility between the type of call and either the facilities selected by the routing pattern or the call...

Page 754: ...blem the D channels are not administered correctly The Signaling Link Hardware Check Test 637 and the Remote Layer 3 Query Test 1291 detects most problems caused by hardware failures or incorrect admi...

Page 755: ...e Signaling Test 636 and follow recommendations provided there 2 If Test 636 Primary Signaling Link Hardware Check passes the Layer 2 Query test may still fail if the Signaling Channel at the far end...

Page 756: ...h of the D channels and ATM Interface Circuit Packs This test goes one step further by checking the communication path from the processor through the TDM Packet Bus and ATM Interface circuit pack and...

Page 757: ...ls a maximum of 5 times FAIL Internal system error 1 See description of ABORT with Error Code 2500 PASS A message was sent to the far end switch or terminal adapter The ISDN PRI specification allows u...

Page 758: ...and the EPNs The TN2305 and TN2306 require SONET OC 3 or SDH STM 1 fiber cable connections between the circuit pack and the ATM switch As a trunk board it supports direct connection between ATM CES ci...

Page 759: ...Server CSI Virtual trunk groups You cannot bundle physical DS1 ISDN PRI circuits and virtual ATM CES circuits into the same trunk groups Virtual circuits can only be assigned to all virtual all ATM t...

Page 760: ...or more CES signaling groups administered On Yellow CES signaling group not administered or not reporting to firmware Off Continued on next page Table 92 ATM CES troubleshooting commands Command Desc...

Page 761: ...Any test board UUCSS 1 a None MIN ON 18 b 0 busy out board UUCSS MIN ON release board UUCSS 23 c 0 None MIN ON 125 d None MIN ON 257 e Any Control Channel Loop Test 52 MIN ON test board UUCSS r 2 513...

Page 762: ...cuit pack is installed in the corresponding slot You have two options Replace the incorrect circuit pack with an ATM TRK circuit pack or Re administer the slot for the circuit pack that is physically...

Page 763: ...ATM TRK circuit pack and the ATM switch 4 Perform ATM loopback tests on the near end ATM TRK circuit pack and on the far end circuit pack or ATM switch Error Type Aux Data Description 769 35 LAPD exce...

Page 764: ...Aux Data Alarm Description Repair procedure 15 SYSCLOCK failed The board is not locked to the TDM backplane clock signal This is probably due to a Tone Clock problem Check for TDM BUS or TONE BD error...

Page 765: ...ure the ATM switch port or a MUX port if present between ATM switch and the ATM TRK board is the same as the ATM TRK circuit pack s cable interface Run test board UUCSS command If Test 1259 fails with...

Page 766: ...erface Run test board UUCSS command if the Test 1259 fails with Error Code 23 connect a fiber back to back in a looped mode one strand of fiber connecting the transmit transceiver to the receive trans...

Page 767: ...sending an abnormal number of control messages to the processor Use the following command sequence for this ATM TRK circuit pack 1 busyout board UUCSS 2 reset board UUCSS 3 test board UUCSS long 4 rel...

Page 768: ...object and perform the specified repair There are no errors against the packet bus maintenance object This can be a transient condition Do nothing now but escalate if the error occurs repeatedly If T...

Page 769: ...ze it If Then There is a packet bus alarm There is probably a packet bus problem particularly if other circuit packs on the packet bus report the same error See the PKT BUS Packet Bus maintenance obje...

Page 770: ...the switch within a short period of time System Technician Demanded Tests Descriptions and error codes Always investigate problems in the order presented When you clear one of the error codes associat...

Page 771: ...ise CAUTION Though normally nondestructive this test could unintentionally tear down an active call if the connection manager software s tables are corrupt Table 95 System Technician Demanded Tests AT...

Page 772: ...ted with its translation 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an...

Page 773: ...2000 ABORT Test request timed out 2100 ABORT Could not allocate needed system resources 2500 ABORT Internal system error Retry the command up to 3 times at 1 minute intervals FAIL The ATM circuit pac...

Page 774: ...tion Recommendation 1144 ABORT The packet bus in the PPN has a major alarm against it Run display alarms and display errors Perform the PKT BUS repair procedures associated with the alarms Retry the c...

Page 775: ...r the system and cannot be reset without major system disruptions Set synchronization to another ATM CES trunk circuit pack or to the Tone Clock circuit pack and test again 1015 ABORT Test cannot be r...

Page 776: ...s at 1 minute intervals 2500 ABORT Internal system error Try to reset the circuit pack reset board UUCSS 1 FAIL The circuit pack failed to reset 2 FAIL The circuit pack failed to restart Retry command...

Page 777: ...pair any errors found PASS The ATM circuit pack has passed this test No service effecting errors alarms have been detected on board 0 NO BOARD ATM TRK circuit pack not found Check the error log and co...

Page 778: ...of signal 17 Loss of frame 18 MS alarm indication signal error 19 MS remote defect indicator error 20 Loss of Pointer 21 Path Signal Level mismatch 22 High level Path alarm indication signal 23 High...

Page 779: ...ime slots The ATM framer interface converts this digital counter to ATM cells and loops them back internally The ATM TRK circuit pack converts the cells back to a digital counter and sends it to the t...

Page 780: ...BORT ATM TRK circuit pack not busied out Busyout the ATM circuit pack Rerun the command 1033 ABORT ATM TRK circuit pack not found See if the switch can see the circuit pack Run status Trunk Group Retr...

Page 781: ...detect the correct data packet Test the TN1655 Packet Interface circuit pack to verify that it is functioning properly If not correct the condition Run display errors and perform the repairs associate...

Page 782: ...reviously established looparound was not released Run reset board UUCSS Retry the command up to 3 times at 1 minute intervals If this test continues to fail replace the ATM TRK circuit pack Rerun test...

Page 783: ...ATM Board Time Of Day Update 1261 Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 2031 FAIL The attempt to send the message to the ATM TRK circuit pack was not successful 2500 FAIL Internal system e...

Page 784: ...is at least one tone detector on the network that holds the ATM TRK circuit pack Resolve any TONE PT Tone Generator errors listed in the Error Log Retry the command up to 3 times at 1 minute interval...

Page 785: ...ice affecting MINOR alarms If a MINOR alarm is raised for Error Type 2817 or 1818 replace the circuit pack If a WARNING alarm is raised this is a non service affecting error and the circuit pack can s...

Page 786: ...or Log Retry the test up to 5 times at 1 minute intervals a maximum 2000 ABORT Test timed out 2100 ABORT Could not allocate required system resources Retry the command 5 times at 1 minute intervals 19...

Page 787: ...754 Digital Line circuit packs with vintage greater than 50 For circuit pack level problems see XXX BD The maintenance strategy for ports on the TN568 operating in 8 port digital mode is described in...

Page 788: ...upied by the circuit pack is supplied by the board when inserted The TN568 is 2 slots wide the functional slot and a reserve slot The reserve blank slot to the left of the functional slot is a place h...

Page 789: ...hts both the red and green LEDS during the initialization testing See LED Interpretation in Chapter 1 Maintenance for CSI systems for more details on circuit pack status LEDs MO Name in Alarm Log Alar...

Page 790: ...0 Any Any Any test board PCSS sh r 1 1 a Any None MINOR ON 18 b 0 busyout board PCSS WARNING OFF release board PCSS 23 c 0 None WARNING OFF 257 d 65535 ControlChannel Loop Test 52 MINOR ON test board...

Page 791: ...and refer to the repair procedures for the Control Channel Loop Around Test 52 e An on board hardware failure has been detected by the circuit pack The reported aux data values correspond to the foll...

Page 792: ...s sent over the control channel The circuit pack is taken out of service when a threshold number of these errors is reported to the switch Clear the alarm with following commands busyout board PCSS re...

Page 793: ...eported by the circuit pack when it receives a bad control channel message from the switch The auxiliary data identifies the following error events m This error is not service affecting No action is r...

Page 794: ...ntation as Control Channel Loop Around Test 52 SAKI Sanity Test 53 Refer to the repair procedure described in the XXX BD Common Port Circuit Pack Maintenance documentation as SAKI Sanity Test 53 LANBI...

Page 795: ...n board error counter 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to fail verify the validity of the Packet Bus Run the Packet Bus maintenance test with test...

Page 796: ...arm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run Full Name of MO BRI DAT WARNING1 1 The alarm level for ASAI adjuncts may be administered using the set options command The alarm level can be set independent...

Page 797: ...e carrier where the circuit pack is located 01 02 etc and pp is the 2 digit port number for example 01 Full Name of MO BRI PORT MINOR test port PCSSpp l ISDN BRI Port BRI PORT WARNING test port PCSSpp...

Page 798: ...198 port can support either two voice only sets two stand alone data modules BRI DAT or one voice and data capable set Only a single ASAI or adjunct may be connected to an ISDN BRI port Multiple adjun...

Page 799: ...E PT On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 0 Any Any Any Any test port PCSSpp sh r 1 1 a a Level 1 Status Inquiry 621 WRN MAJ MIN WRN2 OFF test port PCSSpp sh r 2 18 busyout port PCSSpp WRN OFF release...

Page 800: ...2 1537 g 46210 CRC Error Counter 623 WRN MAJ MIN WRN2 OFF 1793 h BRI Port Local TDM MIN WRN2 ON test port PCSSpp l r 2 Loop Around 619 3841 i 46208 None 3842 j 0 None 3843 k 0 None 3844 l 46223 None...

Page 801: ...ow This condition can be caused by an on board hardware problem as well as by problems on the Packet Bus that disrupt the BRI circuit pack s ability to transmit data onto the Packet Bus Use troublesho...

Page 802: ...nsmission error is detected for the port Run the Long Test Sequence and look at the results of the Layer 1 Transmission Error Counter Test 624 j A BRI port supports up to three Terminal Endpoint Ident...

Page 803: ...port s NPE channel talks on the selected time slot and never crosses over to time slots reserved for other connections If the NPE is not working correctly one way and noisy connections may be observe...

Page 804: ...or the station associated with this port and determine when the port is available for testing 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1005 ABORT This test is not valid for this...

Page 805: ...aborts if calls associated with the port are in progress Failures of this test indicate either on board faults associated with the BRI PORT hardware on the circuit pack or problems with the LAN Bus wh...

Page 806: ...y calls established by an ASAI or adjunct remain connected even though the port is taken out of service 1139 ABORT The Packet Bus in the port network is out of service 1 Follow the repair procedures f...

Page 807: ...ot executed for ABRI PORT ATT PORT LGATE PT ATTE PT because the B channels associated with the port are not used by ASAI or adjuncts The dotted lines in Figure 23 on page 808 show how a Loop Around Te...

Page 808: ...of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use the port is unavailable for certain tests Wait until the port is idle before retesting 1 If the port is idle retry the command at 1...

Page 809: ...associated with the port are not used by ASAI or Adjunct Links This is a normal condition 2000 ABORT Response to the test was not received from the BRI LINE circuit pack within the allowable time peri...

Page 810: ...nt condition is sensed This response is reported by the Electronic Power Feed Inquiry 622 which follows in the testing sequence EPF Restoral is attempted again by this test five seconds later This tes...

Page 811: ...face is either not receiving any L1 framing from the endpoint or adjunct Endpoint Idle or it is communicating with the endpoint or adjunct but cannot transition to the Activated state Endpoint Active...

Page 812: ...type is present for BRI PORT only release the port with release port pp and run the test again If the error is present for both BRI BD and BRI PORT release the board with release port PCSS and run th...

Page 813: ...connections are good between the switch and the NT1 Verify that the NT1 has power 2 As necessary check and repair the wiring between the circuit pack and the endpoint or adjunct If a TN2198 is used t...

Page 814: ...test to verify repair 3 FAIL Received a status of Level 1 Deactivated the port is out of service 1 Use status bri port PCSSpp to verify that the service state of the port is out of service If the ser...

Page 815: ...ck with busyout board PCSS and reset board PCSS 2 If the test aborts again replace the circuit pack 2012 ABORT Internal system error 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run...

Page 816: ...on 2000 ABORT Response to the test was not received from the circuit pack within the allowable time period 1 If the test aborts repeatedly a maximum of 5 times reset the circuit pack with busyout boar...

Page 817: ...ST 625 Receive FIFO Overflow Error Counter Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 2000 ABORT Response to the test was not received from the circuit pack within the allowable time perio...

Page 818: ...TEI values and layer 3 reinitialization This test is used only to send messages to the BRI PORT ABRI PORT ATT PORT LGATE PT ATTE PT and therefore should neither abort nor fail Table 118 TEST 270 Clea...

Page 819: ...nt This field is used to distinguish between endpoints on the same port Full Name of MO BRI SET WARNING2 2 The alarm level for ASAI and adjuncts may be administered using the set options command The a...

Page 820: ...BRI Circuit Pack and a voice or voice data set Each physical connection allows for two B channels as stated above plus one D channel Each ISDN BRI circuit pack can support up to 12 of these PHYSICAL c...

Page 821: ...ASAI ADJ ATT ADJ LGATE AJ ATTE AJ 2 a 2 102 None 18 0 busyout station ext WARNING MAJOR WARNING2 OFF release station ext 130 b WARNING ON test port PCSS sh 257 c Any BRI Layer 3 Query 629 WARNING MAJO...

Page 822: ...l r 2 test data module ext l r 2 3329 k Any Signaling Link Status 626 WARNING MAJOR WARNING2 OFF 3584 0 1 None 3585 3839 i 0 None 3840 4095 m n 0 None 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all tests...

Page 823: ...oes not respond to the service state query message sent to the adjunct or the endpoint This error causes an alarm to be raised The alarm is retired when the switch receives a response to the service s...

Page 824: ...res for those tests 2 Check the health of the adjunct by following the recommended repair procedures of the manufacturer of the adjunct 3 Follow normal escalation procedures if the above steps do not...

Page 825: ...ineering of the traffic on the PKT CTRL signaling link or adjunct may be necessary h This error occurs when the ASAI message is not transmitted because the transmit buffer for the ASAI link is full ca...

Page 826: ...s 3584 This code was sent to the switch by the adjunct A description of the various ASAI cause values is contained in the Table 10 64 This table also contains recommended system technician actions ass...

Page 827: ...ee that each adjunct is associated with a unique set of switch resources Service or Option Not Implemented 79 Service or Option Not Implemented Requested service or option or combination of selected o...

Page 828: ...cates that the version of ASAI is not supported check version of the software running on the ASAI or adjunct p For Error 2568 indicates that the adjunct id is invalid check the vender id or software r...

Page 829: ...e switch to determine which ASAI capabilities are turned on in the switch 2 Verify that the adjunct is administered to support the identical capabilities as the switch If there is a mismatch in the ad...

Page 830: ...ok at the results of the BRI Port Local LAN Loop Around Test to verify the repair 69 Requested Facility Not Implemented Requested service not supported in switch or endpoint 1 Consult switch and endpo...

Page 831: ...the endpoint has completed SPID initialization L3 established ASAI adjuncts and BRI endpoints not administered for MIM initialization point to point For endpoints of this type the signaling link is bo...

Page 832: ...present for BRI BD BRI PORT and BRI SET release the circuit pack with release port PCSSpp and run the test again If the error is present for BRI SET only release the circuit pack with release port PPC...

Page 833: ...djuncts Adjuncts do not support MIMs upon which this test is based 1113 FAIL The signaling link is not bound to the adjunct or endpoint For BRI endpoints supporting MIM initialization this error indic...

Page 834: ...k 2 Examine the results of the Signaling Link Status Test 626 which is run as part of this command If this test aborts or fails follow the repair procedure for Test 626 3 If the XID Test continues to...

Page 835: ...gain NOTE When you release the circuit pack you release all ports associated with it If certain ports still need to be busied out use the release port PCSSpp command to busy them out 3 Make sure the t...

Page 836: ...busyout station extension and release station extension to busyout and release the endpoint to resolve any endpoint alarms resulting from failure of this test 2 If the endpoint supports these procedur...

Page 837: ...l command to clear any errors which prevent establishment of the signaling link 2 Examine the results of the Signaling Link Status Test 626 which is run as part of this command If this test aborts or...

Page 838: ...pack you release all ports associated with it If certain ports still need to be busied out use release port PCSSpp to busy them out 3 Make sure the terminal is connected 4 Retry the command at 1 minut...

Page 839: ...documentation reflects support for ISDN BRI Management and Maintenance Procedures 1113 ABORT The signaling link between the switch and the endpoint or adjunct is down 1 Use test port PCSSpp long to cl...

Page 840: ...BRI PORT release the circuit pack with release board PPCSS and run the test again NOTE When you release the circuit pack you release all ports associated with it If certain ports still need to be busi...

Page 841: ...rocedures are supported If not supported use change station extension and set the MIMs Supported field to n Use busyout station extension and release station extension to busyout and release the endpo...

Page 842: ...ion Recommendation 1113 ABORT The signaling link between the switch and the endpoint is down 1 Use the test port PCSSpp long command to clear any errors which prevent establishment of the signaling li...

Page 843: ...s present for BRI SET only release the station with release station a If this error type is present for BRI PORT and BRI SET release the port release port PCSSpp and run the test again b If the error...

Page 844: ...s received from the endpoint 1 Check the physical wiring between the switch and the endpoint or adjunct FAIL Display does not match administered port address for the endpoint or adjunct 1 Change stati...

Page 845: ...isplay Column 1 8 14 25 31 PCSSpp ext1 SPID111111 ext2 SPID222222 Bound to First Endpoint Translation Starting Display Column 1 8 14 25 31 PCSSpp ext1 SPID111111 ext2 SPID222222 Bound to Second Endpoi...

Page 846: ...pin connector for the variable input power for speed control and its alarm circuitry See the next table for the LED and alarm conditions MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Whe...

Page 847: ...he power for the fan automatically disconnects when the assembly is unplugged 2 Plug in the new fan assembly The power for the fan automatically connects when the fan assembly in plugged in 3 Replace...

Page 848: ...esting Notes a Refer to EMG XFER for a description of this test b Refer to EXT DEV ADMIN N External Device Alarm for a description of this test Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off B...

Page 849: ...s 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2029 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1 FAIL There...

Page 850: ...ng the air flow c Make sure there are no missing blank circuit pack or carrier faceplates Install and or replace them as necessary d Make sure the cabinet doors are properly closed The doors must be c...

Page 851: ...place the power unit b If the Active Tone Clock circuit pack loses power the system performs a Cold 2 restart to finish the login prompt appears at the administration terminal c Rerun the test PASS Th...

Page 852: ...card Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Values Notes a The memory card translation storage space is at least 98 full b This alarm has been downgraded set option MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initi...

Page 853: ...on of this test Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive Memory Card Insertion Test 695 a X X ND Memory Card Format and Read Test 696 a X X...

Page 854: ...nform the user of possible need to upgrade to larger flash card 2 Replace the memory card with a larger one or downgrade the alarm to WARNING set option 3 Rerun the test 2012 2106 2114 ABORT Internal...

Page 855: ...in the flash section of main memory The memory card used for saving translations doesn t contain a copy of the system software The recommended size of a memory card for each configuration is describe...

Page 856: ...LED with a label EmgXfr card in use is not glowing Otherwise the memory card operation might be interrupted abnormally and the files stored in the memory card may become corrupted Resolving an Alarm...

Page 857: ...h daily maintenance when certain qualifiers are used or under certain circumstances For example certain test commands when used with the modifier continuously could interfere with daily maintenance Th...

Page 858: ...ly commands that block the running of daily maintenance add change duplicate remove and set are affected All logins will time out if any of these commands are active for the prescribed time except for...

Page 859: ...e Number 5551213 Abbrev Alarm Report n Alarm Origination to OSS Numbers both Cleared Alarm Notification y Suspension Threshold 5 Restart Notification y Test Remote Access Port n CPE Alarm Activation L...

Page 860: ...a Memory Card Insertion Test 695 MINOR OFF test card mem 513 b Any Memory Card Match and Read Test 697 WARNING OFF test card mem 1025 c 104 105 106 107 108 Memory Card Dir Recovery Test 699 MINOR OFF...

Page 861: ...mory card and while the announcement feature is in use no announcement file is available in the memory card 116 The capacity of the inserted memory card doesn t match the system configuration 118 Whil...

Page 862: ...ter the new memory card is inserted use test card mem long again to resolve the alarm The Aux Data field contains the same error codes as for Error Type 1025 See Note c f Error Type 3329 There was an...

Page 863: ...oo many commands are running 4 Command has been aborted 5 Command has collided with a current command 6 Software controller is idle 7 Memory card has been erased 8 Only one good directory is on the ca...

Page 864: ...d to the erased flash segment and it verifies that the translation file is written successfully This test can be initiated through a system technician demanded test card mem long command or it can be...

Page 865: ...o the slot at the Processor circuit pack 2 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2112 ABORT Internal system error The inserted memory card is a system upgrade memory card 1 Repl...

Page 866: ...nto a memory card after an erasure 1 Replace the memory card and re run the test 110 FAIL Cannot write to old memory card pre g3v9 Card format must be post g3v8 1 Replace with proper card Table 137 TE...

Page 867: ...h a user s memory card 2 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times Any FAIL A checksum error is detected in the translation file that is stored in the inserted memory card 1 Use sav...

Page 868: ...emory card is inserted in the Processor circuit pack or the inserted memory card has a bad connection 1 Insert a memory card into the slot at the Processor circuit pack 2 If a memory card is already i...

Page 869: ...Procedures for replacing the NETCON circuit pack with the TN777B circuit pack 2 Re enter test card mem 2110 ABORT No memory card is inserted 1 Insert a formatted memory card into the slot at the TN777...

Page 870: ...larm for service attention A new memory card is usually required Table 140 TEST 697 Memory Card Match Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 2012 2106 2114 ABORT Internal system error...

Page 871: ...uration guidelines 2 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 118 FAIL While the announcement feature is in use no announcement file is available in the memory card and the capacit...

Page 872: ...lt all subsequent write to memory card operations are blocked When an alarm is raised and Error Type 1025 for CARD MEM is active replace the memory card 148 FAIL The capacity of the inserted memory ca...

Page 873: ...ory card into the slot at the Processor circuit pack 2 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2112 ABORT Internal system error The inserted memory card is a system upgrade memory...

Page 874: ...old memory card pre g3v9 Card format must be post g3v8 1 Replace with proper card PASS Both directory files in the inserted memory card are sane Table 141 TEST 699 Memory Card Directory Recovery Test...

Page 875: ...GATE or PI boards with CLAN to create an X 25 to TCP IP bridge for adjunct and DCS connectivity The CLAN TN799 circuit pack combines the functions of the PGATE and PI circuit packs into one circuit pa...

Page 876: ...hannel Loop Test 52 MINOR ON test board UUCSS l r 20 257 d 513 e 4352 4357 MINOR ON 769 f 4358 1293 to 1295 g Any MINOR ON reset board UUCSS 1537 h Any MINOR ON 1794 i MINOR ON 1798 j 2049 k Packet In...

Page 877: ...he circuit pack s against which the error is logged d Error Type 257 Transient communication problem between switch and circuit pack does not affect service and can be ignored 1 Ignore this error unle...

Page 878: ...o clear the alarm reset board UUCSS 2 If the error recurs within 15 minutes replace the circuit pack i Error Type 1794 Packet bus transmit buffers have overflowed 1 Attempt to clear the alarm reset bo...

Page 879: ...Parity Error Counter Test 597 and determine if the condition clears 3 If condition persists execute Packet Interface Test 598 to verify circuit pack integrity 4 If Packet Interface Test 598 fails con...

Page 880: ...packet interface circuit pack p Error Type 3330 Critical failure in Packet Bus interface Below Error Types correspond to descriptions 1 Attempt to clear the alarm reset board UUCSS 2 If alarm persists...

Page 881: ...ame error occurs on a different circuit pack follow normal escalation procedures r Error Type 3840 Circuit pack received bad control channel message from switch Aux Data s Error Type 3841 3843 errors...

Page 882: ...errors do not affect service v Error Type 3845 Angel inter processor error By themselves these errors do not affect service w Error Type 3846 High CPU occupancy By themselves these errors do not affec...

Page 883: ...ve Parity Error Counter Test 595 X ND Receive FIFO Overflow Error Counter Test 596 X ND Packet Interface Test 598 X X ND Congestion Query Test 600 X X ND Link Status Test 601 X X ND Table 142 TEST 52...

Page 884: ...n test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 2 If the problem persists escalate the problem 1015 ABORT Port is not out of service 1 Busyout the circuit pack busyout board UUCSS 2 Ret...

Page 885: ...t response within the allowable time period 1 Retry command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 2 If the problem persists reset the circuit pack reset board UUCSS 3 If the problem persists replace the...

Page 886: ...k test response within the allowable time period 1 Retry command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 2 If the problem persists reset the circuit pack reset board UUCSS 3 If the problem persists replac...

Page 887: ...ion 2000 ABORT Did not receive circuit pack test response within the allowable time period 1 Retry command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 2 If the problem persists reset the circuit pack reset bo...

Page 888: ...inute intervals up to 5 times 2 If the problem persists reset the circuit pack reset board UUCSS 3 If the problem persists replace the circuit pack 2012 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system r...

Page 889: ...s up to 5 times 2 If command continues to fail examine the CLAN port measurements to determine which ports are heavily utilized and the processor occupancy of the circuit pack Low processor occupancy...

Page 890: ...Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 2100 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 2 If the problem persists escalate the problem 2...

Page 891: ...generating necessary tones for correct MFC feature operation NOTE A TN744D Call Classifier Tone Detector circuit pack may be required in systems with heavy traffic This circuit pack can be installed i...

Page 892: ...sting the call classifier port does not clear the error the call classifier circuit pack containing the defective call classifier port should be replaced c This error indicates the call classifier por...

Page 893: ...Table 151 System Technician Demanded Tests CLSFY PT Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Non destructive Tone Detection Verification Test 42 X X ND T...

Page 894: ...e of the system matches that of the Tone Detector TN748 for mu law systems and TN420 for A law systems 2 Test the active Tone Clock circuit pack in the port network This test is being executed with te...

Page 895: ...the system is still operating properly but system capacity will be reduced In order to restore system performance to normal replace the Call Classifier circuit pack containing the defective CLSFY PT...

Page 896: ...equest was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times FA...

Page 897: ...documentation for related trunk information MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P is the port network number 1 for PPN C is the carrier designation for example A B C D or...

Page 898: ...emanded tests and alarm resolution and escalation Three trunk service states are specified in the DS1CO trunk maintenance 1 out of service The trunk is in a deactivated state and cannot be used for ei...

Page 899: ...ameter Country form has the Base Tone Generator field set to 4 Italy This alarm will be a MINOR alarm unless 75 or more trunks in this trunk group are out of service the alarm will be upgraded to a MA...

Page 900: ...hardware fault The Aux Data field contains the following error type 57392 no external release on PBX disconnect E030 Escalate the problem f Error Type 513 The DS1 Interface circuit pack detects a har...

Page 901: ...m other tests in the testing sequence NPE Crosstalk Test 6 One or more Network Processing Elements NPEs resides on each circuit pack with a TDM Bus interface The NPE controls port connectivity and gai...

Page 902: ...tem could not allocate time slots for the test The system may be under heavy traffic conditions or it may have time slots out of service due to TDM BUS errors Refer to the TDM BUS TDM Bus Maintenance...

Page 903: ...lowing errors was found on the DS1 circuit pack loss of signal 1281 blue alarm 1793 red alarm 2049 yellow alarm 2305 or hyperactivity 1537 1 Look for the above error types in the Hardware Error Log an...

Page 904: ...e board is inserted or the board is hyperactive see note below 1 Check to ensure that the board translations are correct Use the list config command and resolve any problems that are found 2 If the bo...

Page 905: ...ystem may be under heavy traffic conditions or it may have time slots out of service due to TDM BUS errors Refer to the TDM BUS TDM bus maintenance documentation to diagnose any active TDM BUS errors...

Page 906: ...arm 2305 or hyperactivity 1537 1 Look for the above error types in the Hardware Error Log and follow the procedures given in the appropriate DS1 BD or UDS1 BD maintenance documentation for the listed...

Page 907: ...ard was found to be correctly inserted in step 1 issue busyout board 3 Issue reset board 4 Issue release busy board 5 Issue test board long This should re establish the linkage between the internal ID...

Page 908: ...is in use the port is unavailable for certain tests Wait until the port is idle before retesting 1 If the port status is active but the port is not in use no calls check the error log for error type...

Page 909: ...This result could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted an insane board is inserted or the board is hyperactive see note below 1 Check to ensure that the...

Page 910: ...ed by a user for a valid call Use display port PCSSpp to determine the trunk group member number of the port Use status trunk to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates...

Page 911: ...at 1 minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times FAIL The...

Page 912: ...tch 3 Look for DS1 BD or UDS1 BD errors in the hardware error log If present refer to the DS1 BD DS1 trunk circuit pack maintenance documentation or to the UDS1 BD UDS1 trunk circuit pack maintenance...

Page 913: ...ease busy board 5 Issue test board long This should re establish the linkage between the internal ID and the port If this is not the case dispatch to check to ensure that there is a valid board insert...

Page 914: ...ign exchange FX or Wide Area Telecommunications WATS trunks TN438B Australia 8 port loop start TN447 United Kingdom 8 port ground start TN465B C multiple countries 8 port loop start TN2138 Italy 8 por...

Page 915: ...3 PBX On Hook Drop Message Open Tip Ring loop no loop current a CO Response CO goes to idle state see Note NOTE Except for the Netherlands Loop Start and UK Loop Calling Guarded Clearing trunks CO do...

Page 916: ...ror Log Entries and Test to Clear Values Table 159 CO Trunk Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 0 Any Any Any test port PCSSpp sh r 1...

Page 917: ...one 3329 d 57408 None 3329 d 57484 Dial Tone Test 0 MAJ MIN WRN2 OFF test port PCSS l r 1 3585 d 57424 None 3840 f 8000 Analog Transmission 844 848 OFF 3841 f Analog Transmission 844 848 MINOR OFF tes...

Page 918: ...existence of this error type indicates that despite the fact that many in line error messages have been received all Call Seizure Tests have passed Problems at the CO may cause this condition rather t...

Page 919: ...uld occur if the trunk was just installed and for some reason the Tip and Ring wires were reversed at the PBX If battery reversals occur during dialing wrong numbers may result The CO should be asked...

Page 920: ...s opening too slowly after a disconnect This error indicates an on board problem although the trunk may be functional On the TN2138 CO released the trunk at least 4 minutes after the PBX dropped the c...

Page 921: ...the affected port and run a Long Test Sequence If Dial Tone Test 0 passes ignore this error Release the port 3 At the administration terminal busyout the affected port and run a Long Test Sequence If...

Page 922: ...Test 3 are the only complaints against this trunk the system technician should check if MFT Range Extenders are being used If extenders are present there may be excessive loop current which causes Te...

Page 923: ...ts out of service due to TDM BUS errors Refer to TDM BUS TDM Bus Maintenance documentation to diagnose any active TDM BUS errors 1 If the system has no TDM BUS errors and is not handling heavy traffic...

Page 924: ...f the CO Demand Diagnostic Test failed because it could not detect ground indicated by Error Type 1281 in the Hardware Error Log AND Error Type 3329 or 3585 appears in the Hardware Error Log with the...

Page 925: ...sue busyout board 3 Issue reset board 4 Issue release busy board 5 Issue test board This should re establish the linkage between the internal ID and the port Table 162 TEST 3 CO Demand Diagnostic Test...

Page 926: ...minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1005 ABORT Test inapplicable to present configuration This is a normal condition 1018 ABORT Test has been disabled via administration 1 Verify that the Maintenanc...

Page 927: ...pack 4 If test passes refer problem to CO Failure to detect ground Error Type 1281 1 Run the long test sequence If the CO Demand Diagnostic Test fails the Dial Tone Test 0 fails with Error Code 2002 A...

Page 928: ...he board translations are correct Translate the board if necessary 2 Issue busyout board 3 Issue reset board 4 Issue release busy board 5 Issue test board This should re establish the linkage between...

Page 929: ...the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use the port is unavailable for certain tests Wait until the port is idle before retesting 1 If the port status is active but the port is no...

Page 930: ...it until the port is idle before retesting 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run...

Page 931: ...mmand at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1000 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available The port may be busy with a valid call Use display port PCSSpp to determine the...

Page 932: ...tate indicates that the port is in use the port is unavailable for certain tests Wait until the port is idle before retesting 1 If the port status is idle retry the command at 1 minute intervals for a...

Page 933: ...nd no troubles have been reported disable the test If the retry passes and troubles have been reported refer the problem to the CO NOTE If the looparound and conference circuit test fails for all port...

Page 934: ...port Use the status trunk command to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use the port is unavailable for certain tests Wait until the port is idl...

Page 935: ...end Transmission performance measurements are made and compared to administered thresholds Errors are generated when results fall outside of marginal or unacceptable thresholds Detail and summary mea...

Page 936: ...e to diagnose any active TDM bus errors 1 If system has no TDM bus errors and is not handling heavy traffic repeat test at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1004 ABORT The port has been seized b...

Page 937: ...with the far end system 1918 ABORT Test progress tone not removed from far end type 105 test line only 1 The problem is with the far end system a technician at the far end should test the test line 19...

Page 938: ...RT Loss self check at 16 dBm at 1004 Hz failed 1 Test the TN2402 TN798 circuit packs 1945 ABORT Loss self check at 16 dBm at 404 Hz failed 1 Test the TN2402 TN798 circuit packs 1946 ABORT Loss self ch...

Page 939: ...by faulty test lines or switch paths If the measurements point to a facility problem report the results to the trunk vendor 8000 FAIL Measured transmission performance was in the marginal range as adm...

Page 940: ...s Notes a This error indicates that a Port circuit pack in the system did not respond to a circuit pack type inquiry Follow the procedures outlined in c to determine if there is an error b This error...

Page 941: ...and does not generate any alarms If a problem is suspected with the CPAD it may be tested using the test customer alarm command which activates the device by closing the relay on the Processor circui...

Page 942: ...nce after the switch and the customer alarm have been installed Always investigate tests in the order presented in the table below when inspecting errors in the system By clearing error codes associat...

Page 943: ...system error 1 Try the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times PASS The switch software successfully sent the request to the Processor circuit pack to turn on the CPAD The CPAD must be phy...

Page 944: ...Maintenance Objects 555 233 119 944 Issue 5 October 2002...

Page 945: ...X BD MO in that the DATA BD MO is always inserted because it is part of the Processor circuit pack Also because the DATA BD MO is part of the Processor circuit pack some board commands do not apply to...

Page 946: ...list data command choose a Data Channel DATA CHL 4 Issue the test data module ext long command using the extension for the DATA CHL chosen in Step 3 WARNING Issuing this command drops all data channe...

Page 947: ...o administer a DATA CHL 3 From the form resulting from the list data command choose a Data Channel DATA CHL Refer to DATA CHL before issuing the test network control long command to determine if CDR S...

Page 948: ...network connectivity information for all the NPEs on the circuit pack Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive NPE Audit Test 50 a X ND Con...

Page 949: ...nd vintage and verifies its records Table 170 TEST 52 Control Channel Loop Around Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run...

Page 950: ...a connection to system printer This connection is called the System Printer Link SYS PRNT Establishment of connection s for up to two secondary administration terminals Saving announcements from the...

Page 951: ...ATA CHLs are busy and if so to determine the function for which they are being used This series of system technician commands is described below and should be done before testing the DATA CHLs Issue t...

Page 952: ...sulting form Note the values in the Primary Output Extension and Secondary Output Extension fields If the values are extensions then the CDR Link is using one of the Data Channels DATA CHLs 3 For each...

Page 953: ...3 For each of the extensions in the Extension of Journal Schedule Printer and Extension of PMS Log Printer fields issue the status data module ext command using the extension Note the value in the Co...

Page 954: ...e Short Test Sequence first If all tests pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the recommended procedures 0 Any Any Any test data module ext sh r 1 1 Any...

Page 955: ...sequence Note a Determine if CDR System Printer Journal Printer and or PMS Links are using the DATA CHLs and busyout these links if it is necessary to use the test network control long command Order...

Page 956: ...Clock Test 95 b X X ND Control Channel Interface Test 92 b X X ND Control Channel Transmission Test 94 b X X ND 12 Volt Power Supply Test 701 c X X ND Memory Card Insertion Test 695 c X X ND Memory C...

Page 957: ...annel preventing the establishment of new connections over the DATA CHLs However existing connections are not and cannot be dropped Table 173 TEST 107 Data Channel Reset Test Error Code Test Result De...

Page 958: ...L Because it establishes a connection between two Data Channels DATA CHLs across the TDM Bus this test does more than just verify the integrity of the target DATA CHL It also verifies the integrity of...

Page 959: ...le for use b Internal system error Note the results of Tests 110 and 111 in the Short Test Sequence for the target DATA CHL If the results of Tests 110 and 111 are both PASS then there is a high proba...

Page 960: ...DATA CHL is not defective Proceed with the remaining steps only if it is necessary to completely test the target DATA CHL 1 Determine if the target DATA CHL is in use for some other function that is...

Page 961: ...being used for an CDR Link busyout the CDR Link e Otherwise if a DATA CHL is being used for a System Printer Link busyout the System Printer Link 5 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of...

Page 962: ...a PMS Link busyout the PMS Link c Otherwise if a DATA CHL is being used for a Journal Printer Link busyout the Journal Printer Link d Otherwise if a DATA CHL is being used for an CDR Link busyout the...

Page 963: ...to take based on those results 4 If the result of Test 110 is PASS and the result of Test 111 is PASS for the target DATA CHL then the most likely problem is that the arbitrarily chosen DATA CHL is de...

Page 964: ...usyout all functions that are using the Data Channels DATA CHLs CAUTION All functions must be busied out because Test 107 is destructive and terminates all established connections over the DATA CHLs I...

Page 965: ...ock circuit pack The results of running Tests 107 108 and 111 on the DATA CHL can be used to determine whether the target DATA CHL is defective NOTE If an Error Code is encountered that recommends tha...

Page 966: ...check for errors on the function that is using the DATA CHL If there are no errors there is a high probability that the DATA CHL is not defective Proceed with the remaining steps only if it is necess...

Page 967: ...some other function busyout the function PRI CDR SEC CDR SYS PRNT PMS PRNT JNL PRNT PMS LINK or the DATA CHL secondary administration terminal connection only 2 Retry the command at 1 minute interval...

Page 968: ...e Short Test Sequence for the target DATA CHL and refer to Steps 3 and or 4 to determine the appropriate actions to take based on those results 3 If the result of Test 111 is PASS then the most likely...

Page 969: ...test 2 If the result of Test 107 is PASS and the result of Test 108 is FAIL a Although all DATA CHLs are unusable the SW CTL is still operational Based on the customer s use of DATA CHLs replace the...

Page 970: ...TA CHL NOTE If an Error Code is encountered that recommends that an CDR Link System Printer Link PMS Log Printer Wakeup Log Printer and or PMS Link be busied out restore each busied out link to servic...

Page 971: ...section If so check for errors on the function that is using the DATA CHL If there are no errors there is a high probability that the DATA CHL is not defective Proceed with the remaining steps only if...

Page 972: ...some other function busyout the function PRI CDR SEC CDR SYS PRNT PMS PRNT JNL PRNT PMS LINK or the DATA CHL secondary administration terminal connection only 2 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals...

Page 973: ...busied out because Test 107 is destructive and terminates all established connections over the DATA CHLs 3 Issue the test data module ext long command for the target DATA CHL Note the test results fo...

Page 974: ...ocessor circuit pack has been replaced its Time of Day clock must be set using the set time command 2 Restore any busied out function PRI CDR SEC CDR SYS PRNT PMS PRNT JNL PRNT PMS LINK to service bef...

Page 975: ...lish and tear down a connection between the terminal equipment and a software application Data is transported between the terminal equipment and the software over the connection established over the D...

Page 976: ...o run internally and to automatically clear the DATA CON errors and alarms System Technician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes Because the DATA CON uses the same set of tests as the DATA CHL...

Page 977: ...announcements For a description of this feature refer to ANN BD Announcement Circuit Pack Maintenance documentation Also if there are errors associated with the Announcement circuit pack refer to the...

Page 978: ...pe 769 is logged again for the DAT LINE MO NOTE When displaying errors set the Active Alarms Only field to n If Error Type 769 reappears replace the DAT LINE circuit pack If Error Type 769 does not re...

Page 979: ...nd takes about 20 to 30 seconds to complete Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive Digital Loop Around Test 171 X X ND NPE Crosstalk Test...

Page 980: ...mine when the port is available for testing 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1020 ABORT The test did not run due to an already existing error on this port Error Type 769...

Page 981: ...g 1004 ABORT The port has been seized by a user for a valid call Use status data module to determine when the port is available for testing 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 tim...

Page 982: ...blem if the test continues to abort 1006 ABORT The test did not run due to an already existing error on this port Error Type 769 1 Refer to the procedure for Error Type 769 If Error Type 769 still occ...

Page 983: ...est are not available The port may be in use on a valid call Use status data module to determine when the port is available for testing 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1...

Page 984: ...TDM Bus which probably results in data corruption over this port This test may fail if Data Channel 3 is not functioning properly 1 Look for DATA CHL errors in the Error Log If present refer to DATA...

Page 985: ...nance documentation for related trunk information MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P is the port network number 1 for PPN C is the carrier number for example A B or C S...

Page 986: ...the DID DS1 trunk maintenance They are out of service the trunk is in a deactivated state and can t be used for incoming calls in service the trunk is in an activated state and can be used for incomi...

Page 987: ...Test 7 MAJ MIN WRN3 ON test trunk grp mbr l 1537 NPE Crosstalk Test 6 MAJ MIN WRN3 ON test trunk grp mbr l 1793 h ON test board PCSS l 2305 i 50944 None MIN MAJ2 OFF 3840 j Port Audit and Update Test...

Page 988: ...is error indicates that a signaling change was detected by the PBX trunk circuit pack which is inconsistent with the present state of the trunk j Port Audit and Update Test 36 failed due to an interna...

Page 989: ...PCSSpp command to determine the trunk group member number of the port Use the status trunk command to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use th...

Page 990: ...he port is idle before retesting 1 If the port status is idle retry the command at 1 minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times 1020 ABORT The test did not run due to a previously existing error on the...

Page 991: ...e documentation 2 Look for TDM BUS errors in the error log If present refer to the TDM BUS Maintenance documentation 3 Look for TONE BD and or TONE PT errors in the error log If present refer to the T...

Page 992: ...BUS errors Refer to the TDM BUS TDM bus Maintenance documentation to diagnose any active TDM BUS errors 1 If the system has no TDM BUS errors and is not handling heavy traffic and the port status is...

Page 993: ...the circuit pack and attempt to diagnose the previously existing error 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the neces...

Page 994: ...TE If the conference circuit test fails for all ports on a circuit pack a 5 volt power problem is indicated PASS The port can correctly conference multiple connections User reported troubles on this p...

Page 995: ...f the service state indicates that the port is in use then the port is unavailable for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle before retesting 1 If the port status is active but the port i...

Page 996: ...d not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Check to ensure that...

Page 997: ...sistance from an attendant See Figure 26 MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P is the port network number 1 for PPN C is the carrier designation for example A B or C and S...

Page 998: ...nvolves the connection between the trunk circuitry and the TDM Bus of the system It operates the switchhook connection to the TDM Bus Four tests are implemented to diagnose the health of a DID trunk A...

Page 999: ...receive digits or immediate start dial tone or rotary dialing trunk rotary dialing inter digit timing network balance R RC disconnect timing Additional in line testing is performed while a call is in...

Page 1000: ...p mbr 130 f None WRN ON test trunk grp mbr 257 g 57472 None WRN OFF 257 h 57473 None WRN OFF 257 i 57474 None WRN OFF 257 j 57475 None WRN OFF 513 k 57392 None MAJ MIN WRN2 2 Minor alarms on this MO m...

Page 1001: ...nistered wink immediate start parameter 2 Refer problem to CO c Rotary dial too early This condition occurs when the CO starts dialing too soon after seizure on an immediate start trunk 1 Verify trunk...

Page 1002: ...roblem to the CO 2 If unable to place calls or this equipment is not available check the status on port using the status trunk command If active but not connected disconnect bridging clips at the netw...

Page 1003: ...Test verifies that this port s NPE channel talks on the selected time slot and never crosses over to time slots reserved for other connections If the NPE is not working correctly one way and noisy con...

Page 1004: ...locate the necessary system resources to run this test This could be due to a failure to seize the port 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1002 ABORT The system could not a...

Page 1005: ...times Any FAIL This test can fail due to on board or off board problems Off board problems of concern include EXP INTF faults TDM BUS faults and faults associated with the tone detectors tone generat...

Page 1006: ...ate the board if necessary 2 Issue the busyout board command 3 Issue the reset board command 4 Issue the release busy board command 5 Issue the test board command This should re establish the linkage...

Page 1007: ...umber of the port Use the status station status attendant or status trunk command to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use then the port is una...

Page 1008: ...nes Customers having this problem should resolve it with their local power company to temporarily alleviate the alarm caused by the failure of this test The test may be disabled from trunk administrat...

Page 1009: ...necessary 2 Issue the busyout board command 3 Issue the reset board command 4 Issue the release busy board command 5 Issue the test board command This should re establish the linkage between the inter...

Page 1010: ...st The test has been aborted Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the station extension attendant number or trunk group member number of the port Use the status station status attendant or...

Page 1011: ...incoming CO line for proper operation If warranted refer the problem to the CO 2 If the CO line checks out OK the failure must be on the DID port Replace the circuit pack PASS Current flow was detect...

Page 1012: ...the status trunk command to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is out of service then the port is unavailable for certain tests You must wait until t...

Page 1013: ...ssue the reset board command 4 Issue the release busy board command 5 Issue the test board command This should re establish the linkage between the internal ID and the port MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm...

Page 1014: ...of each endpoint The MO follows standard maintenance methodology and supports test busyout release and status commands Maintenance for Softphone includes Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Values Se...

Page 1015: ...s is a refresh of the lamp states for all lamps on the Virtual DCP station The update always passes if it runs successfully It can abort but it never fails This update is the same update used for exis...

Page 1016: ...r codes associated with the Signaling Path PING Test for example you can also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence Registration Status Inquiry 1372 The Registration status i...

Page 1017: ...data path of a peer to peer IP layer connection NOTE This nondestructive test runs due to in line errors during periodic and schedule maintenance and on demand Table 194 TEST 1372 Registration Status...

Page 1018: ...stem error Retry the command at 1 minute intervals up to 3 times Escalate if the problem persists 1003 FAIL Ping to the destination failed Retry the command at 1 minute intervals up to 3 times Investi...

Page 1019: ...is error type is present then release the port via the release station extension command and run the test again Make sure that the terminal is connected Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maxim...

Page 1020: ...ve any outstanding circuit pack maintenance problems Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 5 ABORT Ringer update aborted due to station being in ready for service or out of serv...

Page 1021: ...o connect a data terminal via a Digital Terminal Data Module DTDM or a Data Adaptor DA All other devices currently supported by Digital Line circuit packs communicate on the primary information channe...

Page 1022: ...ions Server Installation and Test for Single Carrier Cabinet 555 230 894 It should be noted that TN2181 and TN2224 support both modes as shown in Figure 27 and Figure 28 on page 1023 Figure 27 Digital...

Page 1023: ...l Line circuit pack Keep this in mind when investigating reported Digital Line problems DA Mode Administered as Endpoint Maintenance Object Stand alone PDM Data endpoint only PDMODULE Linked DTDM IDT1...

Page 1024: ...ire Mu law Minimum usable vintage for 8410D and 8434D terminals V11 b TN754B 4 wire A law Mu law selectable c TN2181 2 wire 16 port A law Mu law selectable d TN2224 2 wire 24 port A law mu law selecta...

Page 1025: ...ns There are several different scenarios that cause a terminal to be downloaded As described below these can occur as part of background maintenance activity or on demand from the System Access Termin...

Page 1026: ...n As shown in Table 10 128 these changes can be for a specified terminal or may be system wide If the change is for system level parameter a background global update request is made to download all pr...

Page 1027: ...e the terminal to be downloaded regardless of its previous download status 2 Feature Access Code A Refresh Terminal Parameters Feature Access Code can be used to request a terminal download action Whe...

Page 1028: ...of service use status station command Hardware Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Values Table 200 Terminal Download Status Status Terminal Down Load State Complete Terminal successfully downloaded s...

Page 1029: ...Test 17 WARNING OFF test port PCSSpp sh r 4 1537 h 40968 None WARNING OFF 1793 Voice Ctrl Local Loop Test 13 MINOR WARNING2 ON test port PCSSpp l r 3 2049 NPE Crosstalk Test 9 MINOR WARNING3 ON test...

Page 1030: ...ther sets This is usually an on board problem and can be ignored if no user complaints are received f This is an in line event that produces this error type when a favorable response is received from...

Page 1031: ...Hyperactivity Fifty or more CCMS uplilnk messages were received from the port within ten seconds The user is taken out of service for a short interval of time default 30 seconds k No terminal is conne...

Page 1032: ...sage to loop around both information channels for the digital terminal First the primary information voice Information Channel 1 or I1 channel loop back test is run The test is performed by sending a...

Page 1033: ...t is plugged in and the port is not busied out 1 If the port status is idle then retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1001 ABORT System resources required to run this test are...

Page 1034: ...eplace terminal and repeat test 3 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 14 FAIL The primary channel voice Information Channel 1 or I1 is not operating properly User impact may r...

Page 1035: ...range from noticing nothing to not being able to use this terminal Check the results of Voice and Control Channel Local Loop Test 13 If that test fails suspect the Digital Line circuit pack If that t...

Page 1036: ...e call in progress 1000 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available The port may be busy with a valid call Use display port PCSSpp to determine the station extension or attendan...

Page 1037: ...the port is idle before retesting Attendants are always in use off hook if the handset is plugged in and the port is not busied out 1020 ABORT Test disabled via background testing Use status station c...

Page 1038: ...successfully with no problem or an overcurrent condition was sensed This test is repeated again 5 seconds later TN2181 and TN2224 boards carry a Protected Power Feed PPF relays one for each port Ther...

Page 1039: ...ation channel This test is the same as Conference Test 6 Only one value Pass Fail or Abort is generated as a result of four tests run If any test fails or aborts the sequence is stopped FAIL Internal...

Page 1040: ...e slots out of service due to TDM BUS errors Refer to TDM BUS TDM Bus Maintenance to diagnose any active TDM BUS errors 1 If system has no TDM BUS errors and is not handling heavy traffic repeat test...

Page 1041: ...L The secondary voice channel is not transmitting properly User impact may range from noticing nothing to not being able to use this port 1 Run circuit pack tests to check the Tone Generator circuit p...

Page 1042: ...is connected 3 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1000 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available The port may be busy with a valid call Use display...

Page 1043: ...ditions are PTC on ok PTC off and PTC no load ID Request Test A request is made to the station for its status The station sends its configuration information and health information back This informati...

Page 1044: ...r 1 Resolve any outstanding circuit pack maintenance problems 2 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 5 ABORT Ringer update aborted due to station being in ready for service or...

Page 1045: ...ry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times PASS Station Audits passed This Digital Port circuit pack is functioning properly 1 If complaints persist investigate by using other port test...

Page 1046: ...UDS1 BD in this chapter for more information about this circuit pack The DS1 circuit pack supports low level CO trunk signaling interfaces for both ground start and loop start trunks This maintenance...

Page 1047: ...zure Test 314 MIN MAJ2 2 This alarm will only be raised when the System Parameter Country form has the Base Tone Generator field set to 4 Italy This alarm will be a MINOR alarm unless 75 or more trunk...

Page 1048: ...130 This error type indicates that the circuit pack has been removed or has been insane for more than 11 minutes To clear the error reinsert or replace the circuit pack e Error Type 257 The DS1 Inter...

Page 1049: ...y alarms This error is the result of a simultaneous seizure of a two way trunk from both the near end and the far end Attempt to place the call again If the error persists execute the Dial Tone Seizur...

Page 1050: ...testing 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1001 ABORT System resources required for this test are not available 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 tim...

Page 1051: ...specific port or a more general circuit pack error 1 Examine Error Log for existing errors against this port or the circuit pack and attempt to diagnose the already existing error 2000 ABORT Response...

Page 1052: ...run due to a previously existing error on the specific port or a more general circuit pack error 1 Examine Error Log for existing errors against this port or the circuit pack and attempt to diagnose...

Page 1053: ...0 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute int...

Page 1054: ...1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1000 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available The port may be in use on a valid call Use the status trunk comma...

Page 1055: ...nal 1793 Blue Alarm 2049 Red Alarm 2305 Yellow Alarm 1537 Hyperactivity Look for the above error types in the Hardware Error Log and follow the procedures given in the appropriate DS1 BD or UDS1 BD ma...

Page 1056: ...f the slot in the carrier where the circuit pack is located for example 01 02 etc Full Name of MO DIOD BD2 2 Where l is long s is short and r is repeat Refer to the XXX BD Common Port Board Maintenanc...

Page 1057: ...wer Message Close loop a CO Response Trip ringing provide loop current 3 PBX On Hook Drop Message Open Tip Ring loop no loop current a CO Response CO goes to idle state see Note C Direct Inward Dialin...

Page 1058: ...tests pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the recommended procedures 0 Any Any Any test port PCSSpp sh r 1 15 b any Port Audit Update Test 36 18 0 busy...

Page 1059: ...call is dropped from PBX end TN747B or the loop is not open after a disconnect TN765 After several occurrences an off board TN747B or on board TN465 warning alarm is generated Refer problem to CO 256...

Page 1060: ...33 X ND Audit Update Test 36 X X ND Table 216 TEST 0 Dial Tone Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation ABORT Could not allocate system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at...

Page 1061: ...type dial tone can only be obtained on outgoing trunks This is a normal condition 2000 ABORT Response to the test was not received within the allowable time period 1 Retry the command at 1 minute inte...

Page 1062: ...e port If the service state indicates that the port is in use then the port is unavailable for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle before retesting 1 If the port status is idle then ret...

Page 1063: ...ORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute interva...

Page 1064: ...port is unavailable for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle before retesting 1 If the port status is idle then retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1004 ABORT Th...

Page 1065: ...te the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run the test FAIL Inte...

Page 1066: ...y are active These commands are frequently used by customer administrators while performing routine administration MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run Full Name of MO DLY MTCE MINO...

Page 1067: ...s feature improves the operation of daily maintenance by allowing maintenance routines to run that might otherwise not run It also helps to prevent the loss of translations that were not saved by the...

Page 1068: ...e Page 1 of 4 MAINTENANCE RELATED SYSTEM PARAMETERS OPERATIONS SUPPORT PARAMETERS Product Identification 1000000000 First OSS Telephone Number 5551212 Abbrev Alarm Report y Second OSS Telephone Number...

Page 1069: ...he following table shows the capabilities of each DS1 circuit pack The TN722 and TN722B are not supported on G3r V1 or later systems ISDN PRI Trunk signaling for example Q 921 Q 931 is handled by syst...

Page 1070: ...the term 120A1 will mean a 120A1 or later suffix CSU Module The Enhanced Integrated CSU is for use in the United States of America with 1 544 Mbps DS1 service For further details on the 120A1 CSU Mod...

Page 1071: ...a 0 Circuit pack removed or SAKI Test 53 MIN WRN ON 18 b 0 busy out board UUCSS WARNING OFF release board UUCSS 23 c 0 WARNING OFF add ds1 UUCSS 12 5 d None MINOR ON Continued on next page CPE LPBK JA...

Page 1072: ...s 1311 m Any Equipment Loopback Test 1210 MIN WRN OFF test ds1 loop UUCSS ds1 csu loopback test 1312 n Any Repeater Loopback Test 1211 MIN WRN OFF test ds1 loop UUCSS ds1 csu loopback tests 1313 o Any...

Page 1073: ...61 Any Major Alarm Inquiry Test 142 MIN WRN OFF test board UUCSS 2817 Minor Alarm Inquiry Test 143 MIN WRN OFF test board UUCSS 3073 to 3160 r Any Slip Alarm Inquiry Test 144 MIN WRN OFF test board UU...

Page 1074: ...d with the circuit pack from their trunk groups b Execute the remove ds1 UUCSS and change circuit pack UUCSS commands If all the administration conditions are met for this circuit pack and the red LED...

Page 1075: ...panel on back of the carrier Otherwise change the Near End CSU Type field using the change ds1 form to other If this error remains after plugging the CSU Module T1 Sync Splitter into the board s conne...

Page 1076: ...s when the Integrated CSU I CSU Module Repeater Loopback RLB test fails This test is executed during I CSU T1 Sync Splitter power up reset i e the TN767E board is physically inserted and the CSU Modul...

Page 1077: ...state If the error recurs after 15 minutes then escalate this problem r For later releases of G3V4 and beyond only error 3073 will show that this board is receiving Slips and the AUX data shows the la...

Page 1078: ...d to it System Technician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes Always investigate tests in the order they are presented in Table 124 By clearing error codes associated with the NPE Connection A...

Page 1079: ...CSU Equipment Loopback Test 1210 X D CSU Repeater Loopback Test 1211 X D CPE Loopback Jack Test 1212 X D Far CSU Loopback Test 1213 X D One Way Span Test 1214 X D Inject Single Bit Error 1215 X D End...

Page 1080: ...tion 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is ins...

Page 1081: ...shows that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed When hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the...

Page 1082: ...set board command 5 Issue the release busy board command 6 Issue the test board long command This should re establish the linkage between the internal ID and the port Table 225 TEST 53 SAKI Sanity Tes...

Page 1083: ...nslations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Check to ensure that the board translations are correct Use the add ds1 UUCSS command to administer the D...

Page 1084: ...tion mode All trunks of the DS1 Interface circuit pack are restored to the in service state after the release board command is entered Table 226 TEST 135 Internal Looparound Test Error Code Test Resul...

Page 1085: ...Test 140 are aborting with error code 2000 2 The tests run on the ports of this circuit pack are returning a no board result 3 A busyout or a release command has no affect on the test results 4 A lis...

Page 1086: ...covers a DS1 port cable and the external NCTE device 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incor...

Page 1087: ...the TN767E circuit pack provides functionality equivalent to an external standalone ESF T1 CSU The 401A T1 Sync Splitter when combined with the functionality provided by the TN767E circuit pack allow...

Page 1088: ...rd result 3 A busyout or a release command has no affect on the test results 4 A list config command shows that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed NOTE When hyperactivity occurs the...

Page 1089: ...s integrated but the 120A1 CSU Module T1 Sync Splitter is not physically connected to the TN767E board on the back of the port carrier 1 If using the 120A1 CSU Module T1 Sync Splitter plug the CSU Mod...

Page 1090: ...g ICSU T1 Sync Splitter power up reset the TN767E board is physically inserted and the CSU Module T1 Sync Splitter is already installed or when the 120A CSU Module T1 Sync Splitter is plugged on to an...

Page 1091: ...ecute test ds1 loop UUCSS end loopback span test 2 If the attempt to deactivate the CPE Loopback Jack is not successful check the cabling and investigate the problem at the CPE Loopback Jack 3 Run the...

Page 1092: ...e board has finished its reset 3 If the test continues to fail with this error code then replace the CSU Module T1 Sync Splitter and run the test again 4 If the test continues to fail with this error...

Page 1093: ...S1 Interface circuit pack stops transmitting the Yellow alarm and places the trunks back into the service state before the Blue alarm occurs 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the...

Page 1094: ...eats this the same as a Blue Alarm Payload Loopback Alarm The Payload Loopback PLB is used by the remote DS1 endpoint to put the switch DS1 into a loopback mode PLB Alarm is activated when a network p...

Page 1095: ...ctivity is often caused by the associated facility In such a case faults such as slips misframes or blue alarms would be entered in the error log In addition many hardware errors would be logged again...

Page 1096: ...o incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Check to ensure that the board translations are correct Use the add ds1 UUCSS command to a...

Page 1097: ...trunks of the circuit pack into the out of service state The inquiry test will be run every 10 minutes until the Red alarm is cleared When the Red alarm is cleared the DS1 Interface circuit pack will...

Page 1098: ...ult 3 A busyout or a release command has no affect on the test results 4 A list config command shows that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed NOTE When hyperactivity occurs the circu...

Page 1099: ...il escalate this problem 1 FAIL The DS1 interface circuit pack detected a loss of multiframe alarm LMA An out of frame condition occurred on the DS1 interface circuit pack The DS1 interface circuit pa...

Page 1100: ...If board was already administered correctly check the error log to determine if the board is hyperactive If this is the case the board is shut down Reseating the board will re initialize the board 3 I...

Page 1101: ...Once the Yellow alarm is confirmed the maintenance software places all trunks on the circuit pack into the out of service state The Inquiry Test will be run every 10 minutes until the Yellow alarm is...

Page 1102: ...lt 3 A busyout or a release command has no affect on the test results 4 A list config command shows that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed NOTE When hyperactivity occurs the circui...

Page 1103: ...1 endpoint 3 Check the physical connectivity of the DS1 pack and of the cable 4 If this continues to fail escalate this problem PASS No Yellow alarm nor Remote Multiframe Alarm nor F5 State Alarm is r...

Page 1104: ...ce circuit pack detects a Major alarm it will send a MAJOR ALARM message to the maintenance software After the maintenance software receives a MAJOR ALARM message the Major Alarm Inquiry Test is initi...

Page 1105: ...ssociated facility In such a case faults such as slips misframes or blue alarms would be entered in the error log In addition many hardware errors would be logged against the associated trunk circuits...

Page 1106: ...Test is initiated to confirm the Minor alarm All trunks on the circuit pack are kept in the in service state after the Minor alarm is confirmed The Minor Alarm Inquiry Test is run every 10 minutes unt...

Page 1107: ...ing a no board result 3 A busyout or a release command has no affect on the test results 4 A list config command shows that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed NOTE When hyperactivit...

Page 1108: ...continues to fail escalate this problem PASS No Minor alarm is detected in DS1 Interface circuit pack 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to in...

Page 1109: ...receives the SLIP COUNT message the Slip Alarm Inquiry Test is initiated to query the slip counters on DS1 Interface circuit pack and total the slip counts in the maintenance software If the count of...

Page 1110: ...y occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit pack within 15 min...

Page 1111: ...Follow the suggested repair procedure for these errors 6 Check the physical connectivity of the DS1 pack and of the cable 7 If this continues to fail escalate this problem PASS No Slip alarm is detect...

Page 1112: ...frame Alarm Inquiry Test is initiated to collect the misframe counts from the DS1 Interface circuit pack When the threshold of misframes is reached if the DS1 Interface circuit pack is supplying the s...

Page 1113: ...hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit pack w...

Page 1114: ...5 Check the active alarm and error logs for recent alarms and errors against the synchronization SYNC Follow the suggested repair procedure for these errors 6 Check the physical connection of the DS1...

Page 1115: ...forth Table 235 TEST 146 Translation Update Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times FAIL Inte...

Page 1116: ...itted and received pattern is different the test fails When the test is complete all trunks or ports on the TN767E DS1 Interface circuit pack are restored to the in service state after the release boa...

Page 1117: ...board or the board is in a network requested loopback mode Line loopback or Payload loopback The hardware error log will indicate whether a Customer Loopback Jack Test Far CSU Loopback Test or the On...

Page 1118: ...o restore the circuit pack within 15 minutes When no faults are detected for 15 minutes the DS1 interface circuit pack is restored to normal operation All of the trunks for the DS1 interface circuit p...

Page 1119: ...e circuit pack to start the test The board sets up the ELB loopback transmit a test pattern and verify that the pattern is received unaltered through the loopback If the transmitted and received patte...

Page 1120: ...hannel operation 1 Use the change ds1 UUCSS command to set the Near End CSU Type field on the DS1 circuit pack administration form to integrated and or change the Bit Rate field to 1 544 if the board...

Page 1121: ...hyperactivity Error type 1538 in the error log indicates hyperactivity The hyperactive circuit pack is out of service and one or more of the following symptoms may be exhibited 1 The DS1 BD tests suc...

Page 1122: ...d and received successfully over the connection from the TN767E DS1 board to the near edge of the 120A1 CSU Module T1 Sync Splitter 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no...

Page 1123: ...pback tests command All trunks or ports on the DS1 Interface circuit pack must be busied out via the system technician busyout board command before running the RLB Test When the RLB Test is initiated...

Page 1124: ...circuit pack is providing timing for the system Executing this test could cause major system disruption If the DS1 Interface circuit pack needs to be tested set the synchronization reference to anoth...

Page 1125: ...ervice state The system will try to restore the circuit pack within 15 minutes When no faults are detected for 15 minutes the DS1 interface circuit pack is restored to normal operation All of the trun...

Page 1126: ...e test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Check to e...

Page 1127: ...g passed through the loopback cleanly the number of bit errors should be very low The command will also display the type of loopback span test executing Test field the type of pattern generated for th...

Page 1128: ...ard is in a network requested loopback mode Line loopback or Payload loopback The hardware error log will indicate whether a Customer Loopback Jack Test Far CSU Loopback Test or the One Way Span Test...

Page 1129: ...estored to normal operation All of the trunks for the DS1 interface circuit pack are then returned to the in service state Hyperactivity is often caused by the associated facility In such a case fault...

Page 1130: ...ds1 loop UUCSS end loopback span test command or the release board UUCSS command 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations n...

Page 1131: ...to verify the loopback has been established transmits a framed 3 in 24 test pattern begins counting bit errors in the received test pattern and returns a PASS result If the loopback is not establishe...

Page 1132: ...rface circuit pack needs to be tested set the synchronization reference to another DS1 Interface circuit pack or to the Tone Clock circuit pack via the following command sequence 1 Issue the disable s...

Page 1133: ...When hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit...

Page 1134: ...ciated with that loopback PASS The Far CSU Loopback test has successfully began executing The test will continue to run until the system technician enters test ds1 loop UUCSS end loopback span test or...

Page 1135: ...rn The status of the One Way Span test will be available in the hardware error log via error type 3902 Several distinct aux values will be used to give the user information of the status of the test T...

Page 1136: ...rface circuit pack needs to be tested set the synchronization reference to another DS1 Interface circuit pack or to the Tone Clock circuit pack via the following command sequence 1 Issue the disable s...

Page 1137: ...aced into the out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit pack within 15 minutes When no faults are detected for 15 minutes the DS1 interface circuit pack is restored to normal ope...

Page 1138: ...field Injecting this single bit error should increment the bit error count of the loopback span test by one 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due...

Page 1139: ...ed 1 The DS1 BD tests such as test 138 and test 139 are aborting with error code 2000 2 The tests run on the ports of this circuit pack are returning a no board result 3 A busyout or a release command...

Page 1140: ...ts on the DS1 Interface circuit pack must be busied out via the system technician busyout board command before running this End Loopback Span Test 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID...

Page 1141: ...d at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1005 ABORT End Loopback Span Test cannot be executed in the current configuration To run this the TN767E or later suffix DS1 must be administered for 24 ch...

Page 1142: ...f the trunks for the DS1 interface circuit pack are then returned to the in service state Hyperactivity is often caused by the associated facility In such a case faults such as slips misframes or blue...

Page 1143: ...installed the status LEDs are always off and this test aborts 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted...

Page 1144: ...a 120A1 CSU Module T1 Sync Splitter physically connect it to the TN767E board on the back of the port carrier otherwise ignore this abort 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources...

Page 1145: ...to determine if the board is hyperactive If this is the case the board is shut down Reseating the board will re initialize the board 3 If the board was found to be correctly inserted in step 1 issue t...

Page 1146: ...all Calls originating from a hybrid station do not require a DTMR port The Dual Tone Multifrequency Receiver Port maintenance object defines a set of tests to verify that the DTMF digits detection cap...

Page 1147: ...translation Testing the DTMR port is sufficient to reload its translation If testing the DTMR port does not clear the error then the Tone Detector circuit pack containing the defective DTMR port shou...

Page 1148: ...ication Test 42 X X ND Tone Detector Audit Update Test 43 X X ND Table 246 TEST 42 Tone Detection Verification Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation none ABORT The system was not able...

Page 1149: ...period 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2006 ABORT DTMF detection failed This could be cause...

Page 1150: ...o the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals for a maxim...

Page 1151: ...nd the system type For the native mode the response to the board query downlink messages consists of several CCMS uplink messages that identify the true board code vintage suffix emulation type and th...

Page 1152: ...board is a MAPD board with a different configuration and rejects the board MAPD_DCP_STA and MAPD_ ASAI_STA are the only two types of terminals are allowed on a MAPD board Therefore while administering...

Page 1153: ...release port PCSSpp command b The circuit pack has been removed or has been insane for more than 21 minutes To clear the error reinsert or replace the circuit pack Table 248 Digital Line Error Log Ent...

Page 1154: ...hook should have moved the station to ready for service No technician action is necessary f No terminal is connected to the Digital Line board No maintenance action is required g The circuit pack s me...

Page 1155: ...tus Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the station extension of the port Use the status station command to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the...

Page 1156: ...alid call during the test 1 Use display port PCSSpp to determine the station extension or attendant number of the port 2 Use status station or status attendant to determine the service state of the po...

Page 1157: ...t sends four different transparent patterns to the on board microprocessor receives them back and compares them The Loop Around Test for the secondary information data channel is the same as the prima...

Page 1158: ...fic conditions or it has time slots out of service due to TDM BUS errors Refer to TDM BUS to diagnose any active TDM BUS errors 1 If system has no TDM BUS errors and is not handling heavy traffic repe...

Page 1159: ...port This could disrupt other users 16 FAIL The secondary voice channel is not transmitting properly User impact may range from noticing nothing to not being able to use this port 1 Run circuit pack...

Page 1160: ...inal is connected 3 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1000 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available The port is busy with a valid call Use display...

Page 1161: ...nning the test If all lamps do not light successfully the other Digital Line test results may indicate related problems that will not allow the lamps to light 2 Investigate by using other Digital Line...

Page 1162: ...g on the system the switch should be left in the auto position Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Values MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P is an appropriate port netw...

Page 1163: ...Test 124 This test queries the hardware for the state of the Emergency Transfer switch and reports the result If the switch is in a position where the system software can control Emergency Transfer th...

Page 1164: ...5 times 1 FAIL Emergency Transfer is manually turned OFF via the Emergency Transfer switch 2 FAIL Emergency Transfer is manually turned ON via the Emergency Transfer switch 1 Place the switch in the A...

Page 1165: ...To recover from this error all of the logs were cleared and re initialized Any alarms that were active at the time of this error have been cleared There is no associated test for this error The Aux d...

Page 1166: ...stems respectively The PGATE or PI can be used with the CLAN to create an X 25 to TCP IP bridge for adjunct and DCS connections Control LAN Congestion Controls The switch activates congestion controls...

Page 1167: ...quiry Test 1282 fils refer to its repair procedure Table 255 ETH PT Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence...

Page 1168: ...isconnect of a session on this link This is a log only error e Error Type 1537 1538 Some or all sessions on a port are down 1 Test the port test port UUCSSpp short 2 Refer to Session Status Test 1286...

Page 1169: ...P Ping Test failed 1 Test port test port UUCSSpp short 2 Refer to TCP IP Ping Test 1281 repair procedures System Technician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes Investigate errors in the order...

Page 1170: ...ciated with the port to be torn down 2000 ABORT Did not receive circuit pack test response within the allowable time period 1 If the problem persists reset the circuit pack busyout board UUCSS reset b...

Page 1171: ...e and retry 3 Escalate if the problem persists 1005 ABORT Incorrect test configuration 1 Verify Ethernet link is in service status port UUCSSpp or status link n 2 Verify that Ethernet link is enabled...

Page 1172: ...up to 3 times 2 If the problem persists reset the circuit pack busyout board UUCSS reset board UUCSS and release board UUCSS 3 If the problem persists re administer the ethernet connection through a...

Page 1173: ...e data module 3 Repeat the test 4 Escalate if the problem persists 1125 ABORT Ethernet link not in service 1 Verify whether Ethernet link is in service status port UUCSSpp or status link n 2 If the Et...

Page 1174: ...test 2 If the test fails verify that the cable properly is secured to Ethernet port and to the bus 3 Verify the CLAN circuit pack link integrity LED is glowing 4 Retry the test 5 If problem persists r...

Page 1175: ...ble the link change data module 3 Repeat the test 4 Escalate if the problem persists 1125 ABORT Ethernet link not in service 1 Verify whether Ethernet link is in service status port UUCSSpp or status...

Page 1176: ...ALL DOWN 1 Test the port test port UUCSSpp to verify the Ethernet Local Looparound Test 1278 result 2 If test passes wait for system software to indicate ALL UP 3 If the test fails check the destinat...

Page 1177: ...cuit pack is the only Tone board allowable in the CMC Hardware Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Values MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 P is the port network number 1 for...

Page 1178: ...for a few seconds Only 4 of the 8 would be out of service due to the alarm There are 4 tone detectors on each of the two DSPs Other than the unlikely potential of running out of tone detector resource...

Page 1179: ...the TN2182 circuit pack containing the defective ETR PT should be replaced at a time it is convenient to remove a clock board from the system Follow the procedures described in the TONE BD section fo...

Page 1180: ...system could not allocate a Tone Clock for the test connection This may be caused by a heavy load on the system or by a faulted Tone Clock 1 Check to see if there are any alarms against the Tone Clock...

Page 1181: ...1 command 2 If the problem persists the system can still operate properly but capacity will be reduced In order to restore performance to normal replace the circuit pack containing the defective port...

Page 1182: ...tion Recommendation none ABORT The system was not able to allocate all the resources needed for this test 1 Wait 1 minute and repeat the command a maximum of 5 times 2000 ABORT Response to the test re...

Page 1183: ...test resets the board and is required to reload on board RAM associated with the TN2182 s DSPs The effect is that tone detectors are taken out of service momentarily and tones are removed from the TD...

Page 1184: ...Command to Run1 1 Where P is an appropriate cabinet number determined via the PORT field from the Alarm or Error Log Full Name of MO EXT DEV MAJOR test environment P External Device Alarm EXT DEV MIN...

Page 1185: ...the testing sequence Notes a Refer to EMG XFER Emergency Transfer section for a description of this test b Refer to RING GEN Analog Ring Generator section for a description of this test Order of Inve...

Page 1186: ...n repeat the test 2029 2319 2320 2500 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times ANY FAIL The External Device Alarm has been activated by the external d...

Page 1187: ...larm level associated with the connection for example the major port can be administered as a major minor or warning alarm and the minor port can be administered as a major minor or warning alarm In a...

Page 1188: ...e External Device Alarm Test you may also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence External Device Alarm Test 120 The External Device Alarm Test requests the state of the Extern...

Page 1189: ...Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times ANY FAIL The External Device Alarm has been activated by the external device 1 Clear the major alarm on the external device and rerun the t...

Page 1190: ...move the circuit pack and send it to the factory for a firmware update These procedures apply to these circuit packs and higher suffixes UDS1 TN464GP TN2464BP and TN2313AP DIG LIN TN2214CP TN2224CP Ma...

Page 1191: ...the high level procedures for firmware download Maintenance Test TN771DP N A Target UDS1 TN464GP N A Target TN2464BP N A Target TN2313AP N A Target VAL TN2501AP Source N A DIG LIN TN2214CP N A Target...

Page 1192: ...te download Single Multiple same type Copy a new firmware image file onto a source circuit pack using the File Transfer Protocol FTP Copy the image to the target circuit pack Replace the old firmware...

Page 1193: ...ll work best Web browser Netscape 4 5 or Internet Explorer 5 or higher Download image from support Web site For the download you need a temporary staging area to keep the firmware images before upload...

Page 1194: ...s Categories screen 2 Get the IP address for the source circuit pack either from the data systems administrator or by typing the following SAT commands If you know the circuit pack address type list c...

Page 1195: ...in ftplogin ftppassword size actual_size where ftplogin is any temporary login for this FTP session for example denver ftppassword is any temporary login with a minimum of 7 characters for this FTP se...

Page 1196: ...in for this FTP session for example broncos 5 Type bin and press Enter This transfers files in binary format 6 If you are downloading to the TN2501AP VAL circuit pack only type cd and press Enter This...

Page 1197: ..._____________________ Target Board Code ______ Suffix __ Firmware Vintage ___ Schedule Download _ Remove Image File After Successful Download _ Start Date Time __ __ ____ __ __ Stop Date Time __ __ __...

Page 1198: ...uit pack type as the source circuit pack You cannot mix circuit pack types Remote download This must be the same circuit pack as the target circuit pack Suffix Examples For VAL TN2501AP type AP For C...

Page 1199: ...default setting If you set this field to n you must manually remove the new firmware image file from the source filesystem after the download has completed See Disable filesystem Start Date Time Type...

Page 1200: ...he circuit pack from the carrier b Pull the circuit pack out approximately 1 2 inches 2 54 to 5 08 cm c Re insert the circuit pack into the carrier d Close the latch securely Check specified resources...

Page 1201: ...firmware download Page 1 of 1 STATUS FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD Source Board Location 01C02 Firmware Image File Name tn2501ap_f05 bin Target Board Code TN2501 Suffix AP Firmware Vintage _ Schedule Download _...

Page 1202: ...ut approximately 1 2 inches 2 54 to 5 08 cm c Re insert the circuit pack into the carrier d Close the latch securely Aborting a firmware download If you need to abort a scheduled pending firmware down...

Page 1203: ...l use this same ftplogin and ftppassword later in the FTP the new firmware image file section NOTE If the source circuit pack does not have enough available memory delete old files remove file board U...

Page 1204: ...ame ext and press Enter This command copies the new firmware image file to the destination directory 7 Type dir and press Enter Verify that the new firmware image file is on the circuit pack 8 Type qu...

Page 1205: ...re automatically busied out before the firmware is downloaded to them and automatically returned to service after the download is completed While a DS1 circuit pack is busied out any active calls thro...

Page 1206: ...mware image file to ensure that the firmware download runs as you intend 1 Type test firmware download and press Enter The Test Results screen Screen 81 appears list configuration all SYSTEM CONFIGURA...

Page 1207: ...Source Board Location 01C02 Firmware Image File Name usd1v22r1 Target Board Code TN464 Suffix GP Firmware Vintage 1 Schedule Download _ Remove Image File After Successful Download _ Start Date Time 01...

Page 1208: ...reserved for the session To free up resources on the source circuit pack you must delete the new firmware image files and disable the filesystem 1 Type remove file board UUCSS filename and press Ente...

Page 1209: ...reen 83 Test Results screen 2 The example in Screen 83 shows PASS in the Result field indicating a successful test of the firmware download circuitry If the test does not pass refer to the Error Log E...

Page 1210: ...Example set boot image board 1C07 image 2 NOTE In most cases the image with the more recent date and time stamp is the new firmware image file The system responds with Command Successfully Completed...

Page 1211: ...le to free the circuit pack from the carrier b Pull the circuit pack out approximately 1 2 inches 2 54 to 5 08 cm c Re insert the circuit pack into the carrier d Close the latch securely Wait until al...

Page 1212: ...rm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 257 a See associated note Download failure MINOR OFF test firmware download UUCSS 258 b See associated note Download failure MINOR OFF test firmware download...

Page 1213: ...ailed Check for system wide problems clear all errors and retry the download 3 Allocating resources failed Check for system wide problems clear all errors and retry the download 4 Firmware Download In...

Page 1214: ...ry on the change firmware download screen and translations 8 Incorrect source board verify that the source board is the correct TN code 9 PPP ports not available use another source board or reschedule...

Page 1215: ...iled to reset after transfer check board location translations and retry 10 Download of target failed check location translations and retry 13 The target board rejected the download image Check transl...

Page 1216: ...uted in the traditional manner but is executed as a part of scheduling verifying and running a firmware download schedule There are no System Technician demand tests for this maintenance object Table...

Page 1217: ...and clears out the current table Table 276 TEST 1413 Firmware Download Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation ABORT Internal system error Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a max...

Page 1218: ...r the new file name on the screen 6 FAIL The suffix of the firmware image file on the source board does not match the suffix entered on the screen The firmware image file is incorrect for the board ty...

Page 1219: ...inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted Ensure that the board translations are correct If the board was already administered correctly check the error log to determine w...

Page 1220: ...s are essential for maintenance of other circuit packs for example Tone Clock The GPTD maintenance feature defines a set of tests to ensure that the general purpose tone detection capability of the GP...

Page 1221: ...So the H 323 D channel is actually a TCP IP signaling channel Layer 1 and 2 of this signaling channel can be monitored by IP PING testing Performance in terms of voice latency for a signaling group i...

Page 1222: ...se port UUCSSpp this command on a specific H 323 B channel effectively increases the trunk group capacity by one No physical piece of hardware is actually added to service status trunk grp mbr this co...

Page 1223: ...red by IP PING testing Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Values MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 grp is the signaling group number 1 166 the test sequence can be either sho...

Page 1224: ...as been administered f Error Type 1281 implies that no medpro resources are in service to provide media connections for the trunk members of the signaling group g Error Type 1794 The Sig Group reporte...

Page 1225: ...cting errors in the system By clearing error codes associated with the CLAN Ethernet Status Test 1386 for example you may also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence CLAN Ethe...

Page 1226: ...et the circuit pack by issuing the busyout board UUCSS reset board UUCSS and release board UUCSS commands 2 If this result occurs again replace the circuit pack 2100 ABORT The necessary system resourc...

Page 1227: ...is reported a separate error is logged Excessive round trip delays within the signaling group will not take the signaling group out of service however Services can execute the standard PING command us...

Page 1228: ...hin the allowable time period If this result occurs repeatedly attempt to reset the circuit pack if the other ports on the board are not in use Yellow LED is off Reset the circuit pack by issuing the...

Page 1229: ...mmand to verify that the H 323 Signaling Group Ping Test 1387 passes PASS PING through this port was successful Table 281 TEST 1392 MedPro Status Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation...

Page 1230: ...inates the H 323 signaling portion of each endpoint The MO follows standard maintenance methodology and supports test busyout release and status commands Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Values Not...

Page 1231: ...with a Media Processor board Any Media Processor board may be used as long as it is administered to be in the same network region as the C LAN board through which the endpoint is registered If the PIN...

Page 1232: ...t port A registered extension has a port type SNNNNN where N is a digit from 0 9 A non registered extension has an X port Table 283 TEST 1372 Registration Status Inquiry Error Code Test Result Descrip...

Page 1233: ...in the data path of a peer to peer IP layer connection This nondestructive test runs due to in line errors during periodic and schedule maintenance and on demand Table 284 TEST 1373 Signaling Path PIN...

Page 1234: ...If PING to all destinations fail test the C LAN port test port UUCSSpp short and follow repair procedures for Session Status Test 1286 failures 4 If only this station cannot be pinged Make sure the P...

Page 1235: ...and schedule maintenance and on demand Table 285 TEST 1374 Media Path PING Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 2100 ABORT Could not locate the necessary system resources to run this...

Page 1236: ...g voice pair a transmit receive pair and a power pair MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P is the port network number 1 for PPN C is the carrier designation for example A...

Page 1237: ...follows Out of Service The port and thus the station have been removed from service A busyout of a port causes it to be out of service Ready for Service Once a port on the circuit pack has been put i...

Page 1238: ...Sequence first If all tests pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the recommended procedures 0 Any Any Any test port PCSSpp sh r 1 1 a Any None WARNING...

Page 1239: ...roblem in the wiring to the terminal Make sure that the voice terminal is connected or check for defective wiring to the voice terminal g Note that Error Types 769 and 1281 by themselves create Warnin...

Page 1240: ...nerated from other tests in the testing sequence Table 287 System Technician Demanded Tests HYB LINE Order of Investigation ShortTest Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Non destructi...

Page 1241: ...able for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle before retesting Attendants are always in use off hook if the handset is plugged in and the port is not busied out 1 If the port status is i...

Page 1242: ...eady existing error on the specific port or a more general circuit pack error 1 Examine Error Log for existing errors against this port or the circuit pack and attempt to diagnose the already existing...

Page 1243: ...could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Check to ensure...

Page 1244: ...mpletion of this test it is safe to assume that the test sensed no problems with the power to the station To verify that the station is powered up correctly run a self test on the station if available...

Page 1245: ...output are then measured using a GPTD and checked to verify that they are within an acceptable range The second half of the Conference Test checks the operation of the NPE s remaining four Conference...

Page 1246: ...one Generator Maintenance documentation 3 If neither condition exists retry the test at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1004 ABORT The port was seized by a valid call during the test The test...

Page 1247: ...w 57 FAIL Hybrid Circuit Test failed This could result in noisy or bad connections 1 This error can be caused by a disconnected terminal First ensure that the terminal is connected and the wiring is O...

Page 1248: ...the port If this is not the case dispatch to check to ensure that there is a valid board inserted Table 291 TEST 58 Hybrid Line Local Digital Loop Around Test Error Code Test Result Description Recomm...

Page 1249: ...a maximum of 5 times 1 2 3 FAIL The control channel between the processor and the port is not transmitting properly This port is not operable 1 Retry the test 2 If the failure still occurs issue the...

Page 1250: ...e any problems that are found 2 If the board was found to be correctly inserted in step 1 issue the busyout board command 3 Issue the reset board command 4 Issue the release busy board command 5 Issue...

Page 1251: ...this error type is present release the port via the release port PCSSpp command or the release station extension command and then run the test again 2 Make sure that the terminal is connected 3 Retry...

Page 1252: ...id circuit pack is sending and receiving proper messages to and from the voice terminal 1 If problems still exist investigate using other circuit pack tests and by examining the station wiring and con...

Page 1253: ...for service or an out of service state This may be due to wiring or an unplugged or defective set 1 Make sure terminal is connected and the wiring is correct 2 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals...

Page 1254: ...resolve any problems that are found 2 If the board was found to be correctly inserted in step 1 issue the busyout board command 3 Issue the reset board command 4 Issue the release busy board command 5...

Page 1255: ...curred during bad scan inquiry audit 1 Make sure that the station is not in an out of service state 2 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 3 ABORT This port may have been busie...

Page 1256: ...Error Log To determine if there are any problems that don t show up in the test result look for these error types in the Error Log 2 If these errors appear in the Error Log or if user complaints still...

Page 1257: ...sts You must wait until the port is idle before retesting Attendants are always in use off hook if the handset is plugged in and the port is not busied out 1 If the port status is idle then retry the...

Page 1258: ...uring subsequent service calls Although the INADS Link MO is never alarmed the errors are logged The errors are only logged as a result of the test inads link command being issued Error Log Entries an...

Page 1259: ...lease 3 2 or later recognizes this special test inads type of alarm and automatically opens and then closes a trouble ticket which indicates that the reason for the trouble ticket is a command is in p...

Page 1260: ...elated System Parameters Form 3 Enable alarm origination via the Maintenance Related System Parameters Form and test the PR MAINT Maintenance Tape Processor by issuing the test processor a b command I...

Page 1261: ...sh 2 Review the results of the present command by viewing the Error Log and selecting the category inads link 11 0 The switch is trying to report alarms to INADS The test cannot be run at this time 1...

Page 1262: ...dware error log If one or more of those error codes are present refer to the information associated with those errors for the appropriate repair procedures 2 If no other I O Processor errors appear in...

Page 1263: ...k the sanity of the firmware When this error counter is active the error count is decremented by 1 every 15 minutes but only if the I O Processor has not been reset three times by background maintenan...

Page 1264: ...est Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1362 ABORT The test is not allowed to run because the I O Processor is in service Running this test is not allowed because it is destructive 1 Use...

Page 1265: ...ate generic RTP streams used to carry packetized audio over an IP network As part of the overall H 323 implementation the TN2302 circuit pack handles the audio streams and the TN799 C LAN handles the...

Page 1266: ...nistered but not inserted WARNING OFF add ds1 UUCSS 125 d none Wrong board MINOR ON 257 e 65535 Control Channel Loop Test 52 MINOR ON test board UUCSS l r 20 513 f 4352 4353 4355 4356 4358 TN2302 On b...

Page 1267: ...MedPro circuit pack is inserted in the correct slot OR 2 Completely remove the IPMEDPRO from the system using the following steps a Remove the administered IP Interface associated with the circuit pac...

Page 1268: ...and then to reset the FPGA The reset of the FPGA will cause an uplink response as to whether the reset passed or not There are several error conditions that can be sent up in the error message for th...

Page 1269: ...that can be sent up in the error message for this problem they will all be treated as the same failure by switch software For the repair procedure see Associated Test 1406 n Error Type 3073 is associa...

Page 1270: ...e you may also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence Table 299 System Technician Demanded Tests Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence Reset Board Sequ...

Page 1271: ...ith this circuit pack is successful 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is ins...

Page 1272: ...ABORT System resources required for this test are not available 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1015 ABORT Port is not out of service 1 Busy out the circuit pack 2 Exec...

Page 1273: ...in the system or b the system is booting up Otherwise there is some inconsistency between the physical configuration and the data kept in the system 1 Verify that the board is physically in the system...

Page 1274: ...Code Test Result Description Recommendation ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2100 ABORT Insufficient system resources to run this test 1 Retry...

Page 1275: ...connected and you cannot talk on the network PASS The Ethernet port is connected and you can talk on the network 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be...

Page 1276: ...to in line errors during periodic and scheduled maintenance and on demand Table 304 TEST 1379 Ping Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1 2 ABORT Internal Error 1 Retry the command...

Page 1277: ...ed did not match the number sent normally one ping sent This means that no ping responses were received from the gateway defined on the ip interfaces form for the Media Processor 1 Retry the command a...

Page 1278: ...Otherwise it fails with no fail code or AUX data This test verifies the status of the TSI device on the TN2302 circuit pack If the device is bad software sets an appropriate counter posts an error an...

Page 1279: ...command If the board continues to fail replace the board 8192 8328 FAIL The FPGA DSP test failed 1 Issue the busyout board UUCSS command 2 Issue the reset board UUCSS command 3 Issue the release board...

Page 1280: ...rd This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Ensure that the board translations are correct Administer the IPMEDP...

Page 1281: ...In a 32 channel system see Figure 31 on page 1282 the DS1 ISDN Trunk or PRI endpoint port B channels may use any of the ports 1 15 or 17 31 but the ISDN PRI Signaling Link Port must be the 16th port...

Page 1282: ...I Signaling Link Port must be the 24th port See Figure 32 on page 1283 In certain configurations NFAS the 24th port may be used as a B channel Refer to the ISDN PRI Signaling Group ISDN SGR Maintenanc...

Page 1283: ...or Terminal Adapter without it Stable calls may remain operational but no new calls can be made If there are problems with the ISDN PLK also investigate the TN464 UDS1 interface circuit pack UDS1 BD...

Page 1284: ...UDS1 is not reporting errors execute the long test sequence for the D channel ISDN SGR Investigate any errors if there are none execute a long test sequence for the UDS1 circuit pack UDS1 BD and inves...

Page 1285: ...is error normally indicates an off board problem usually related to a broken endpoint or a state mismatch between a remote endpoint and the local call processing software Maintenance will not start an...

Page 1286: ...e circuit pack This is a normal abort when the rollabout video feature is enabled To complete test on this port either 1 Re attach the disconnected PRI terminal adapter and retry test command or 2 Dis...

Page 1287: ...e 555 025 101 for more information on ISDN For 24 channel interfaces the first 23 ports on the circuit pack are used as B channels The 24th port may be used as a B channel or as a D channel depending...

Page 1288: ...Group used see Figure 34 Figure Notes 1 B and D channel messages are routed over the TDM Bus For additional reliability a duplex D channel can be administered for a signaling group and located on a di...

Page 1289: ...nnel that carries signaling information for the other ports B channels on the circuit pack If a Packet Control circuit pack is used then only the TN464C or later circuit pack may be used Figure Notes...

Page 1290: ...circuit packs This configuration is known as NFAS Simplex In addition to NFAS Simplex there is another type of NFAS Group called NFAS Duplex This provides the user with more reliability which is desir...

Page 1291: ...e is no test to clear these errors The error counter is decremented by 1 every 15 minutes Table 308 ISDN PRI Signaling Group Error Log Entries Error Codes Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off B...

Page 1292: ...k in the test sequence When the link does recover the B channels will be negotiated back to the In Service state and their alarms will be retired When this error occurs the state of the Signaling Grou...

Page 1293: ...t number in the Aux Data field determine the trunk group against which the error was reported 2 Check all routing patterns containing this trunk group for validity of interexchange carriers requested...

Page 1294: ...could be a local administration problem only or a mismatch between the local administration and that of the network provider 1 From the circuit pack and port number in the Aux Data field determine th...

Page 1295: ...905 Protocol detail may offer a clue if customer is having ISDN calls denied with an unexpected intercept tone If customer is complaining of unexpected intercept tones when accessing ISDN trunks or PR...

Page 1296: ...points Determine the trunk group from the circuit pack and port number in the aux data field and then check the BCC fields of the pertinent routing patterns Also investigate whether or not the calling...

Page 1297: ...llabout video abort The PRI terminal adapter associated with this D channel port is detached from the circuit pack This is a normal abort when the rollabout video feature is enabled To complete test o...

Page 1298: ...llows up to 2 minutes for a response Check the Error Log for ISDN SGR ISDN PRI Signaling Group errors of type 2305 for evidence of a Remote Layer 3 Query failure Tests 639 and 636 check the health of...

Page 1299: ...mine the results of Tests 636 and 639 and follow recommendations provided there 2 If either test passes it may be because the signaling link was disabled by system technician Verify this by using the...

Page 1300: ...t be administered for a Signaling Group 4 FAIL There is a problem with the Processor Interface Link No DS1 ISDN Trunk B channel or Wideband PRI Endpoint calls can be made until the problem is resolved...

Page 1301: ...he PKT INT Maintenance Object does not monitor the Layer 2 status of the ISDN PRI D channel when the D channel is connected to the Packet Control circuit pack for the ISDN PRI over PACCON feature The...

Page 1302: ...if the Signaling Channel has been busied out Verify that the Secondary Signaling Channel D channel at the far end has been administered correctly Verify that the DS1 port used for the Secondary D chan...

Page 1303: ...el for these B channels is an ISDN PRI Primary Rate Interface Signaling Link Port ISDN LNK ISDN PLK On 24 channel interfaces any of the first 23 ports on the DS1 UDS1 interface circuit pack can be a B...

Page 1304: ...ls refer to the ISDN SGR and DS1 BD UDS1 BD Maintenance documentation Figure Notes 1 B and D channel messages are routed over the TDM Bus For additional reliability a duplex D channel can be administe...

Page 1305: ...ar end or near end component The service state is initialized to Out Of Service Far End state and an attempt is made to negotiate it to In Service NOTE The service state of a particular DS1 ISDN Trunk...

Page 1306: ...annels is placed in the Maintenance Far End service state As a port on a DS1 circuit pack DS1 BD or UDS1 BD and as part of a signaling group dependent on a D channel ISDN PLK for signaling operation o...

Page 1307: ...system technician has issued a test trunk trunk_ group trunk_member long command This command will execute the ISDN PRI test call This test will change the state of the trunk member to MTC NE for the...

Page 1308: ...channel is up send a message requesting transition to In Service least 90 seconds or Remote Level 3 Query failed been down for at D channel has Maintenance Near End Maintenance Far End Pending In Ser...

Page 1309: ...pack None DS1 or UDS1 circuit pack lost its signal Is the DS1 UDS1 circuit pack or cable removed Is the far end switch restarting Check circuit pack using procedures in DS1 BD or UDS1 BD out of servic...

Page 1310: ...r end to respond to messages Maintenance software will periodically try to resend messages You can speed the process with test trunk grp mbr and or test signaling gr Warning The far end trunk is being...

Page 1311: ...one 129 d None WARNING OFF test port PCSSpp 130 e None WARNING ON test port PCSSpp 257 f Any None test port PCSSpp 513 g Any None WARNING OFF test port PCSSpp 769 f Any None test port PCSSpp 1025 h 0...

Page 1312: ...be compatible with the local environment and with parameter settings on the far end The general term DS1 circuit pack refers to TN464 and TN767 series circuit packs A DS1 ISDN trunk is a 64 Kbps bear...

Page 1313: ...se the status trunk trunk_group trunk_member command to determine the state of the trunk When running the Short Test Sequence pay close attention to the results of the Service State Audit Test 256 g T...

Page 1314: ...ntains the physical name of the ISDN trunk in decimal Then verify that the far end has this trunk administered If problems persist then busy out the ISDN trunk to take it out of the hunt group The War...

Page 1315: ...ots reserved for other connections If the NPE is not working correctly one way and noisy connections may be observed This test is usually only part of a port s Long Test Sequence and takes about 20 to...

Page 1316: ...raffic repeat the test at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1003 ABORT The system could not allocate a tone receiver for the test The system may be oversized for the number of tone detectors pre...

Page 1317: ...error 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times Any FAIL The NPE of the tested port was found to be...

Page 1318: ...this port or the circuit pack and attempt to diagnose the already existing error 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT Could not allocate...

Page 1319: ...sponse to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a m...

Page 1320: ...in the Maintenance Tests field on page 2 of the change trunk group form 1114 ABORT The signaling link is in a transitional state 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 4 FAIL...

Page 1321: ...untry protocol 1 the Service State Audit executes only if the trunk is in the OOF FE state A message is sent to the far end switch to attempt to bring the trunk back into the in service state A PASS f...

Page 1322: ...NT Packet Interface FAIL Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times PASS Wait 4 minutes and then check the Error Log for any new errors of type 3073 If there...

Page 1323: ...on Recommendation 1018 ABORT Maintenance is disable on this trunk 1 Enable maintenance by entering y in the Maintenance Tests field on page 2 of the change trunk group form 1019 ABORT An audit is alre...

Page 1324: ...oss of integrity on the communications path If a test call is running when scheduled maintenance starts the green LED is turned off To determine if a test call is still running use the list isdn testc...

Page 1325: ...3 the default duration of the test call is 8 6 seconds Otherwise if the B channel is restricted ZCS the default duration of the test call is 9 4 seconds Once the test call completes the bit error rate...

Page 1326: ...top the test call The measurements are not cleared until the next test call begins NOTE Only one trunk can be tested in a given port network until the test call is canceled or completes Table 324 TEST...

Page 1327: ...1114 ABORT The signaling link is in a transitional state 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1116 ABORT The switch could not appropriately change the ISDN service state 1 De...

Page 1328: ...BORT Internal system error 1 Follow the recommendation for ABORT code 2012 2038 2039 ABORT A problem occurred while trying to read the test data 1 Wait 1 minute and then try again 2040 ABORT Internal...

Page 1329: ...allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Follow the recommendations for ABORT code 2100 2208 ABORT Internal system error 1 Follow the recommendations for ABORT code 2012 2209 2210 A...

Page 1330: ...ility and any external equipment such as DACs CSUs etc If the test isdn testcall command is invoked then the investigation should include getting the bit and block error rates by invoking the status i...

Page 1331: ...a switch during initialization of the switch software restore of translations and periodically After initialization a query is made to a software module called the License Server This module reads the...

Page 1332: ...going calls to emergency numbers and incoming calls to an Administration number only d Error Type 1281 This error indicates that new license was not installed after an upgrade A 4 hour upgrade timer i...

Page 1333: ...itch goes into No License mode in which the switch operates in Administration mode and permits only pre administered incoming and outgoing calls All new call originations are denied except calls to an...

Page 1334: ...tem is in either License Error or No License modes anyone logging on to the System Access Terminal SAT receives a warning message depending on the conditions When License Error Serial Number Mismatch...

Page 1335: ...get a message that says License Error xxxxx Call Processing Will Be Blocked in Approximately X hours the xxxx tells you why you are in License Error mode and call processing functions normally for X h...

Page 1336: ...s are denied One of the following conditions is present No License File is installed in the system The License Error timer expired A reset system 3 preserve license command has executed and the Offer...

Page 1337: ...eatures with an alphanumeric setting values associated with them Logged in ACD Agents Type III includes the product ID license serial identification number release number and capacities Type III featu...

Page 1338: ...nd 9 is greater than the value of the field To more quickly identify the which of these TYPE II and TYPE III features is causing the error compare the Used field with the value of the field itself the...

Page 1339: ...ministrable on a per login ID basis Refer to Administrator s Guide for Avaya MultiVantage Software for information on how to administer Security Violation Notification and the option to disable a logi...

Page 1340: ...n ID basis e The enable login command is used to both enable a login that has been disabled and to retire any login security violation alarms associated with the login ID f Use of the enable login com...

Page 1341: ...is information can be useful in determining the source of the invalid attempts and analyzing why they occurred The list logins command provides status information about logins on the system If a login...

Page 1342: ...PD PC CPU busyout board busies out only the emulated ports on the board Switch resets that take the switch out of service for more than 20 seconds also cause the MAPD s PC to reboot which takes severa...

Page 1343: ...viated dial strings with embedded pauses Compression limitations All IP trunk calls go through A D conversion which uses compression to reduce bandwidth Each compression degrades the voice signal and...

Page 1344: ...es and only 1 party on the other side of an IP trunk DCS Know limitations Auto Callback Coordinate specific administration and between the IP trunk and Avaya MultiVantage Software for any DCS function...

Page 1345: ...unk circuit pack from the switch if applicable 3 Install the replacement IP Trunk circuit pack in the switch if applicable 4 Insert the backup diskette into the IP Trunk circuit pack Table 330 Backing...

Page 1346: ...ot place the TN802 circuit pack directly above or below another MAPD circuit pack UPS protection Because Windows NT is more vulnerable to damage from a power interruption than the Avaya Definity Serve...

Page 1347: ...555 233 119 Faceplate Figure 39 shows the TN802 faceplate Figure 39 TN802 faceplate Figure Notes 1 LCD display see Table 332 on page 1348 2 Reset button recessed 3 Red board status LED 4 PCMCIA card...

Page 1348: ...end to the serial port of your laptop 2 Launch the pcANYWHERE application 3 Click on Add Remote Control Item 4 In the Properties window choose the communication port to which you connected the cable...

Page 1349: ...circuit pack Figure 40 TN802 external cable assembly Table 333 Remote connection settings Field Value Speed 38 400 Parity None default Flow Control RTS CTS Started by Carrier detect DCD Ended by Carri...

Page 1350: ...the mouse to the mouse connector of the TN802 external cable assembly 5 Insert the circuit pack to cause it to boot Troubleshooting LAN connections This section contains information for troubleshootin...

Page 1351: ...e is no reply a Verify the IP address b Check the physical connections to and from the TN802 circuit pack c Check the internal cables on the TN802 circuit pack Notes 4 and 6 in Figure 42 on page 1354...

Page 1352: ...02 circuit pack Notes 4 and 6 in Figure 42 on page 1354 have not worked loose b Otherwise replace the circuit pack 4 At the command prompt type ping 10 32 64 96 the IP address of the internal Motorola...

Page 1353: ...circuit pack with the two additional boards connected through the side plane Figure 41 TN802 board assembly Figure Notes 1 Main TN802 board 2 Texas Microsystems Inc TMI board 3 Analogic board 4 Side...

Page 1354: ...nd interconnecting cables that make up the TN802 Figure 42 TN802 board assembly and cables side view Figure Notes 1 Main TN802 board 2 Side plane 3 Analogic board 4 SCSA Signal Computing System Archit...

Page 1355: ...ly and cables end view Figure Notes 1 Analogic board 2 Texas Microsystems Inc TMI board 3 SIMMs memory 1 4 SCSA Signal Computing System Architecture ribbon cable 1 If the board is seated and you hear...

Page 1356: ...the hard drive Position the new hard drive in the mounting bracket and replace the 2 screws Step 3 5 Replace the circuit pack Slide the circuit pack into the slot and lock the latching lever 6 Wait f...

Page 1357: ...1793 Any Blue Alarm Inquiry Test 139 MAJ MIN WRN 4 OFF test board UUCSS 2049 Any Red Alarm Inquiry Test 140 MIN WR N3 OFF test board UUCSS 2305 Any Yellow Alarm Inquiry Test 141 MIN WRN3 OFF test boa...

Page 1358: ...None 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all tests pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the recommended procedures 2 If ports are assigned to the cir...

Page 1359: ...ttempts to reset the board If the reset fails the board is probably bad 1 Replace the circuit pack c Error Type 18 the circuit pack has been busied out 1 Release the board release board UUCSS d Error...

Page 1360: ...rflow threshold is 3 errors within 10 minutes the circuit pack cannot find the end of frame bit when transmitting a frame to Packet Bus 1 Clear the alarm using the following command sequence a busyout...

Page 1361: ...oving the circuit pack l Error Type 1538 hyperactive circuit pack is out of service and may exhibit one or more of the following symptoms The common circuit pack tests for example Test 50 and or Test...

Page 1362: ...ad control channel message from the switch This error is not service affecting and requires no action The Aux Data describes the following error events q Error Type 3841 the circuit pack detected a tr...

Page 1363: ...ty N Does not take the circuit pack out of service but the circuit pack has generated 50 of the messages necessary to be considered hyperactive This may be normal during heavy traffic periods Table 33...

Page 1364: ...either passes or ABORTS with Error Code 2000 problem with NT Short Test Sequence LongTest Sequence Reset Board Sequence D ND2 2 D Destructive ND Nondestructive NPE Connection Audit Test 50 Y X ND Cont...

Page 1365: ...he circuit pack s SCOTCH NPE chip has been updated with its translation 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board i...

Page 1366: ...rcuit Packs in Chapter 5 PASS Communication with this circuit pack is successful 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations n...

Page 1367: ...ilable 1 Retry the reset board command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1015 ABORT Port is not out of service 1 Busyout the circuit pack busyout board UUCSS 2 Execute the reset board command...

Page 1368: ...r log to determine whether the board is hyperactive If this is the case the board is shut down Reseating the board re initializes the board 3 If the board was found to be correctly inserted in step 1...

Page 1369: ...etails the test results Table 342 Blue Alarm Inquiry Test 139 results Windows NT up on the TN802 Then Cause Y Test passes Y Test aborts with ABORT 2000 Error Code Windows NT is not communicating with...

Page 1370: ...ails the test results NOTE The query for slips always returns a 0 count Table 345 Major Alarm Inquiry Test 142 results If Windows NT is up on the TN802 When the switch confirms Major alarm Y Test pass...

Page 1371: ...information to the MAPD Interface circuit pack Translation includes the following data administered for a MAPD Interface circuit pack report from display ds1 UUCSS command DS1 Link Length between two...

Page 1372: ...ons no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Ensure that the board translations are correct Execute the add ds1 UUCSS command to administer the MAPD interfa...

Page 1373: ...al slot The reserve slots do not have any interaction with the switch No tests are associated with this MO Both test board and busy out board abort when either is attempted on a reserved slot An error...

Page 1374: ...Media Processor application The MedPro hardware combines an angel complex a Windows NT PC and a TAP802 DSP card in a 3 slot package When operating as an IP trunk circuit pack the MedPro emulates a DS...

Page 1375: ...recommended procedures 0 Any Any Any test board UUCSS 1 a 0 Circuit pack removed or SAKI Test 53 MIN WRN2 2 If ports are assigned to the circuit pack then a minor alarm is raised If no ports are assi...

Page 1376: ...ck release board UUCSS c Error Type 23 The MedPro circuit pack is not completely administered To be fully administered a MedPro circuit pack must meet all of these 4 conditions 1 Have an entry in the...

Page 1377: ...pack was taken out of service due to hyperactivity If Error Type 1538 is not present then the circuit pack has not been taken out of service but it has generated 50 of the messages necessary to be co...

Page 1378: ...Chapter 5 3 Retry the command a maximum of 5 times PASS Communication with this circuit pack is successful 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due...

Page 1379: ...I Sanity Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation None ABORT System resources required for this test are not available Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1015 A...

Page 1380: ...r b the system is booting up Otherwise there is some inconsistency between the physical configuration and the data kept in the system Verify that the board is physically in the system Verify that the...

Page 1381: ...ation the new values are written into the Windows registry and the NT PC asks the maintenance sub system to reboot the board The board goes through a physical board removal and insertion When this tes...

Page 1382: ...ommand using the C LAN board address and MedPro IP address to see the actual round trip delay See ping commands This test is a nondestructive test It runs because of in line errors during periodic and...

Page 1383: ...ack 2012 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 3 times 2100 ABORT The necessary system resources to execute the test could not be allocated 1 Retry the com...

Page 1384: ...or Code Test Result Description Recommendation None ABORT System resources required for this test are not available 1 Retry the reset board UUCSS command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 101...

Page 1385: ...is not already administered 2 If the board was already administered correctly check the error log to determine whether the board is hyperactive If this is the case the board is shut down Reseating th...

Page 1386: ...cannot talk on the network PASS The Ethernet port is connected and you can talk on the network 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect...

Page 1387: ...3 6 3K or G 729 is administered the MEDPROPT can only service 22 channels The MEDPROPT is physically made up of 11 individual DSPs but is treated logically as one port If individual DSPs on the TN802B...

Page 1388: ...ervice OOS and a MINOR alarm is raised The Aux Data field contains the number of DSPs that are Out Of Service OOS f Error Type 1025 The port is out of service OOS because of a board level failure Chec...

Page 1389: ...ls and reports the number of failed DSPs A failure of 3 or fewer DSPs does not result in an alarm A failure of more than 3 and up to 8 DSPs results in a warning alarm A failure of more than 8 DSPs res...

Page 1390: ...imum of 3 times 1 11 FAIL Some DSPs on the circuit pack have failed The FAIL code is the number of bad DSPs reported TN802B only FAIL For the TN2302 only the DSP failed If it continues to fail it will...

Page 1391: ...est Result Description Recommendation 1002 ABORT The system could not allocate timeslots for the test The system may be under heavy traffic conditions or it may have timeslots out of service due to TD...

Page 1392: ...h the looparound connection 1 Test the tone clock in the port network that contains the media processor under test 2 If the tone clock is healthy test the media processor board again 3 If the test con...

Page 1393: ...rors and is not handling heavy traffic retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 3 times 2 If system has TDM BUS errors clear any errors and retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximu...

Page 1394: ...issues if applicable 2 Check that the board is properly translated and inserted If so check for hyperactivity Error 1538 If hyperactive use the reset board UUCSS command 3 Run the test again If it fai...

Page 1395: ...Warning alarm is raised When finished a release mis command should be entered at the terminal This clears the Warning alarm and allows the switch to send ACD data to the MIS Error Log Entries and Tes...

Page 1396: ...he circuit pack See MMI PT for maintenance of these resources The MMI circuit pack contains 4 digital signal processors that manage the 32 resources NOTE Refer to Troubleshooting Multimedia Call Handl...

Page 1397: ...MMI BD Issue 5 October 2002 1397 555 233 119 Figure 44 TN787 Multimedia Interface MMI Circuit Pack...

Page 1398: ...switch and this circuit pack Execute the test board PCSS command and refer to the repair procedures for the Control Channel Looparound Test 52 in the XXX BD section Table 363 MMI BD Error Log Entries...

Page 1399: ...r repair procedures g A failure of the time slot interchanger has been detected Reset the circuit pack using the busyout board PCSS reset board PCSS and release board PCSS commands If the reset passes...

Page 1400: ...slots reserved for other connections If the TSI is not working correctly one way and noisy connections may occur If the test passes then the TSI is able to communicate over the TDM bus This test is p...

Page 1401: ...TTR LEV TTR Level errors in the Error Log 2 Resolve any TONE PT Tone Generator errors in the Error Log 3 If neither condition exists retry the test at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2000 ABO...

Page 1402: ...imum of 5 times 1003 ABORT The system could not allocate a tone detector for the test The system may be oversized for the number of Tone Detectors present or some Tone Detectors may be out of service...

Page 1403: ...tered initiating the recovery of synchronization Test 1123 runs when the short option of the test board command is entered giving the status of the synchronization You need not necessarily run the lon...

Page 1404: ...Run the long option of the test board command 1 Wait up to 5 minutes and then reset the circuit pack with these commands busyout board PCSS then reset board PCSS followed by release board PCSS 2 Reru...

Page 1405: ...ontains a maximum of 32 ports If the number of in service MMI ports falls below the minimum port capacity value entered on the System Parameters Maintenance form under the Minimum Maintenance Threshol...

Page 1406: ...the number of MMI ports 3 Compare this number with the value listed in the MMI field on the System Parameters Maintenance form number listed in step 1 a minimum thresholds number for MMI ports of bet...

Page 1407: ...or MMI PT maintenance objects an MMI circuit pack may have been removed from service causing the MMI LEV error alarm To resolve a MMI LEV MAJOR alarm restore the number of MMI ports available for serv...

Page 1408: ...32 resources At system boot or when the circuit pack is inserted 32 resources are inserted into the system The MMI circuit pack contains 4 Digital Signal Processors DSPs which manage the 32 resources...

Page 1409: ...MMI PT Issue 5 October 2002 1409 555 233 119 Figure 45 TN787 Multimedia Interface MMI Circuit Pack...

Page 1410: ...ved This error is logged for all 8 resources connected to this particular DSP If this DSP continues to fail sanity a Minor alarm is raised Replace the circuit pack e This error occurs when the Resourc...

Page 1411: ...purposes only System Technician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes Resource Looparound Test 1111 This test is destructive This test checks the connectivity of the resource within MMI circuit...

Page 1412: ...the number of tone detectors present or some tone detectors are out of service 1 Resolve any TTR LEV TTR Level errors in the Error Log 2 Resolve any TONE PT Tone Generator errors in the Error Log 3 I...

Page 1413: ...of service The following error codes indicate failure of a particular media loop 0 video 1 audio 2 low speed data 1 Replace the circuit pack PASS The resource is functioning normally Table 370 TEST 1...

Page 1414: ...l clock and there should be no service disruption A loss of synchronization is usually the result of a circuit pack failure The maintenance strategy is to switch the master source away from the bad pa...

Page 1415: ...r restarts reboot through cold 2 MMI synchronization recovers during board insertion Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Values System Technician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes There are...

Page 1416: ...outgoing emergency numbers incoming calls will be restricted to a Administration Attendant Console number The license file feature is loaded onto a switch during initialization of the switch software...

Page 1417: ...stem is in the Feature Usage Exceeds Limits mode and in addition that a License Error failure has occurred See MO LIC ERR Error Type 769 The feature usage has exceeded limits and the 10 day timer has...

Page 1418: ...curred Maintenance software will notify Call processing software to stop all new call originations except calls to an emergency number or incoming calls to an administration number g Error Type 2305 T...

Page 1419: ...se network regions 1 Maintenance software marks the connectivity between them as failed 2 Avaya MultiVantage Software denies every attempted call between them Use display failed ip network region on p...

Page 1420: ...ions are failing 2 If so enter test failed ip network region to retest these paths 3 For each affected network region check the error log for failures to related MOs such as IPMEDPRO IP Media Processo...

Page 1421: ...rk regions maintenance software 1 Maintenance software marks the connectivity between them as failed 2 Avaya MultiVantage Software denies every attempted call between them For this test devices that c...

Page 1422: ...cified in a DS1OPS Line maintenance They are out of service in which the line is in a deactivated state and cannot be used for either incoming or outgoing calls in service in which the line is in an a...

Page 1423: ...rm is raised against the OPS LINE port However there should be errors logged against the DS1 Interface circuit pack Look for DS1 BD errors in the Hardware Error Log and follow procedures provided in t...

Page 1424: ...sually only part of a port s Long Test Sequence and takes about 20 to 30 seconds to complete Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive NPE C...

Page 1425: ...es that the port is in use then the port is unavailable for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle before retesting 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1020 ABOR...

Page 1426: ...or TONE BD and or TONE PT errors in the error log If present refer to the TONE BD Maintenance documentation and to the TONE PT Maintenance documentation 2 Retest when the faults from step 1 are cleare...

Page 1427: ...the port status is idle retry the command at 1 minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times 1003 ABORT The system could not allocate a tone receiver for the test The system may be oversized for the numbe...

Page 1428: ...d at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times Any FAIL The NPE of the tested port did not conference the tones correctly This can cause noisy and unreliable connections 1 Enter the list configuration b...

Page 1429: ...examining station trunk or external wiring 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect boar...

Page 1430: ...tion command to check the service state of the port If the port is indeed out of service enter the release station command to bring the station back into service 2 Retry the command at 1 minute interv...

Page 1431: ...translations are correct Use the list config command and resolve any problems that are found 2 If the board was found to be correctly inserted in step 1 issue the busyout board command 3 Issue the res...

Page 1432: ...S1 Interface Circuit Pack Maintenance documentation 2 Retry the command 2000 ABORT The test was aborted because response to the test was not received within the allowable time period 1 Retry the comma...

Page 1433: ...oard translations are correct Use the list config command and resolve any problems that are found 2 If the board was found to be correctly inserted in step 1 issue the busyout board command 3 Issue th...

Page 1434: ...s provisions for non ISDN application equipment by using PRI terminal adapters In the same sense that an Avaya DEFINITY Server data module acts as a DCP or BRI terminal adapter between endpoint data f...

Page 1435: ...the PRI Endpoint Port B channels The D channel for these B channels is an ISDN PRI Signaling Link Port ISDN LNK The signaling protocol used on the ISDN PRI Signaling Link Port D channel is defined by...

Page 1436: ...by inaction of the far end terminal adapter For example if they do not respond to a Remote Layer 3 Query see Test 260 for ISDN PRI Signaling Link Port the associated PRI Endpoint Port B channels are...

Page 1437: ...lk Test fails or the port is busied out by system technician In this state the port is unusable for calls incoming to the switch or outgoing to the terminal adapter although other ports in the PRI End...

Page 1438: ...ing to the switch or for new calls outgoing to the terminal adapter Pending States PEND If the near end is expecting a timed response from the far end for a request to change the service state of a po...

Page 1439: ...TRANSIENT STATE FOR CRAFT DEMANDED LONG TEST OF THE PORT CRAFT RELEASE OF SIGNALING LINK IF D CHANNEL CONTROLLING THE B CHANNEL IS UP SEND A MESSAGE REQUESTING TRANSITION TO IN SERVICE D CHANNEL HAS B...

Page 1440: ...E Crosstalk Test failed X Minor Alarm Replace UDS1 Interface CP DS1 circuit pack lost signal X UDS1 Interface CP removed DS1 cable disconnected Terminal adapter problems Far end terminal adapter resta...

Page 1441: ...dapter currently restarting Repeated failure of far end to respond to messaging X Warn Alarm Periodically Maintenance will try to resend messages To speed process run system technician demanded test t...

Page 1442: ...Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all tests pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the recommended procedures 0 Any Any Any test port PCSSpp...

Page 1443: ...tween this switch and the terminal adapter at the other end of the connection with regard to the ISDN service state of the PRI Endpoint Port This switch tries to recover by performing a service state...

Page 1444: ...s can be ignored 10 A call in a stable talking state was cleared unexpectedly by the far end terminal adapter with an ISDN RESTART message This state is called the active state 4 7 8 260 263 A call th...

Page 1445: ...akes about 20 to 30 seconds to complete Table 380 System Technician Demanded Tests DS1 BD Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Non destructive NPE Cro...

Page 1446: ...are present refer to TTR LEV 2 Look for TONE PT errors in the Error Log If errors are present refer to TONE PT 3 If neither condition exists retry the test at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1...

Page 1447: ...ack PASS The port is able to communicate over the TDM Bus Table 382 TEST 7 Conference Circuit Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resou...

Page 1448: ...ctly This causes noisy and unreliable connections 1 Replace the circuit pack Even though wideband calls do not use the conferencing feature on the NPE this failure indicates problems with the circuit...

Page 1449: ...e the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times FAIL The test failed due to Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute inter...

Page 1450: ...it pack This is a normal abort when the rollabout video feature is enabled To complete the test on this port do one of the following 1 Re attach the disconnected PRI terminal adapter or 2 Disable the...

Page 1451: ...t uses this port is presented while in such a state a Service State Audit attempt is immediately attempted that is the switch does not wait for the 15 minute cycle but instead tries to recover immedia...

Page 1452: ...sociated signaling channel ISDN PRI Signaling Link Port which is listed in the Error Log as ISDN LNK the Error Type is 1 PASS Wait 4 minutes and then check the Error Log for any new occurrences of Err...

Page 1453: ...PRI terminal adapter associated with this PRI endpoint extension is detached from the circuit pack This is a normal abort when the rollabout video feature is enabled To complete the test on this port...

Page 1454: ...ware is defective The interactions between the Packet Bus and the circuit packs that use the bus are complex For this reason the Packet Bus can be alarmed due to a circuit pack failure and conversely...

Page 1455: ...pack is in the system is made by entering the list configuration command Use of the Maintenance Test Packet Bus port facilities is described under The Maintenance Test Circuit Pack TN771 in the above...

Page 1456: ...re acted upon in the normal fashion f Normal background maintenance periodic and scheduled is not affected g Foreground maintenance for example commands executed on the Manager I terminal is not affec...

Page 1457: ...ndicates the number of faulty leads c Packet circuit packs have detected possible Packet Bus failures via in line error or background test failure Examine the Error and Alarm logs for more specific PK...

Page 1458: ...cket circuit packs may be caused by any circuit pack However only Packet circuit packs can detect such problems inasmuch as TDM only circuit packs are not affected by these problems f Packet circuit p...

Page 1459: ...recognize a Packet Bus failure Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive Packet Circuit Pack Audit Test 573 X X ND Maintenance Test Circuit...

Page 1460: ...ort has reconfigured the Packet Bus around the faulty leads This action occurs only in high or critical reliability systems and such a failure code should not appear in an R9CSI system 2xxx The Mainte...

Page 1461: ...ription Recommendation 2500 ABORT An internal operation failed the test could not be completed 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1 FAIL One Packet circuit pack has reporte...

Page 1462: ...it pack The TN2402 TN798 Processor circuit pack is not equipped with a direct interface to the Packet Bus In order to use the Packet Bus PKT INT 2 1A2 connects via the Processor circuit pack s TDM Bus...

Page 1463: ...terface circuit pack ISDN PRI service w o Packet Bus TN556B C TN2198 ISDN BRI Line circuit packs ISDN BRI service TN2185 ISDN Trunk Side BRI ISDN BRI Trunk service TN566 TN2208 Multi Function circuit...

Page 1464: ...point signaling links Adjunct Switch Application Interface ASAI links Remote Socket Links RSL and Remote Socket Control Links RSCL Packet Interface Service Operations The following sections provide mo...

Page 1465: ...kly as possible An extensive set of diagnostic tests are run when a Packet Interface is reset If the Packet Interface diagnostic tests do not pass the failing Packet Interface instance is placed in an...

Page 1466: ...the Packet Bus that caused all links to go down If only a small percentage of the links are shown as Failed Links then the Packet Interface is probably not the source of the problem For example disco...

Page 1467: ...1 02 0 Any Any ON test packet interface 1AS r 2 1 a Any None MAJOR ON reset io processor3 10 b 0 None 23 c 0 None MAJOR OFF 50 d 0 None 100 e 0 None 217 g 0 None WARNING OFF 257 f Any None MAJOR ON re...

Page 1468: ...well and service is interrupted for any calls using these MOs Refer to the IO PROCR section for more information concerning io processor resets 1 Check to see if Error Types 257 513 769 1025 1281 or...

Page 1469: ...ully No other actions are required 2 If PKT INT error codes other than Error Type 1 are present refer to the repair procedures for those errors to correct the failure f Error 257 indicates that mainte...

Page 1470: ...the repair procedures for Test 884 m Error 1793 indicates a FLASH Memory test failure The Packet Interface may still be operational if no other errors are reported However the TN2402 TN798 Processor c...

Page 1471: ...circuit pack the Universal DS1 circuit pack supporting PRI service Media Processor circuit pack MAPD circuit pack 2 Enter the test packet interface short command against the Packet Interface associate...

Page 1472: ...ry If the test fails during background testing the Packet Interface will remain operational until a reset packet interface is executed Then the initialization firmware will fail and will put the packe...

Page 1473: ...e will cause a system WARM restart that may escalate to more severe restart levels 1 Retry the command at 10 second intervals a maximum of 5 times 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not recei...

Page 1474: ...omatically executes them periodically in the background If the Level 2 looparound test fails as a background test a fatal error message will be sent to the Packet Interface maintenance software and th...

Page 1475: ...ket Interface reset using the reset packet interface AS command Refer to the Packet Interface Reset Test 889 repair procedures for further action 1334 ABORT The Packet Interface command queue is full...

Page 1476: ...out of service state Therefore by the time further action is taken it is expected that the test will abort with ABORT code 1137 and a demand reset should be used to test the circuit pack 1 Reset the...

Page 1477: ...ith the Bus Bridge Verify that the C LAN circuit pack is present and is not alarmed 2 Reset the Packet Interface using the reset packet interface AS command Refer to the Packet Interface Reset Test 88...

Page 1478: ...8 Processor circuit pack run the test packet P long command If any of the tests fail the fault may be on the Packet Bus Refer to the PKT BUS Packet Bus Maintenance documentation for recommended repair...

Page 1479: ...d at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 3 times 2500 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command NO BOARD The Packet Interface is not detected as being physically present 1 Reboot the system then ret...

Page 1480: ...FO in the Packet Interface has overflowed This may be an indication that additional Packet Interface capacity is required For the current hardware configuration only two Packet Interfaces are provided...

Page 1481: ...eset command again 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 3 times 2500 ABORT Internal system e...

Page 1482: ...us TCP IP links The PMS Link Maintenance strategy includes a set of tests for periodic diagnosis detection of errors during normal operation actions for troubleshooting and raising alarms for serious...

Page 1483: ...solutions 4 Is a data channel on Network Control circuit pack in in service idle state Enter list data command and find out the extension numbers of data channels on Network Control circuit pack Enter...

Page 1484: ...ence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the recommended procedures 0 Any Any Any test pms sh r 1 18 a 0 busyout pms link WARNING OFF release pms link 257 b 0 6 99 255 Link Retry Test...

Page 1485: ...n DEFINITY Generic 1 or Generic 3iV2 and PMS for a period of time the time is specified in system hospitality administration The PMS Link is torn down To clear this error refer to the Procedures for R...

Page 1486: ...ablished this error disappears from the Hardware Error Log No alarm is raised against this error j The PMS Link has been busied out for system technician demanded maintenance via the busyout pms link...

Page 1487: ...out the PMS device Once the PMS Link is successfully established this error disappears from the Hardware Error Log See Note 20x The PMS violated the application protocol The start of a database excha...

Page 1488: ...ASS All resources allocated for a PMS Link are released after this test Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive Link Tear Down Test 213 X...

Page 1489: ...20 ABORT Internal System Error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 30 ABORT Internal System Error 1 Refer back to the Procedures for Restoring the PMS Link section for resol...

Page 1490: ...a PMS device an external Journal Printer device The strategy includes a set of tests for periodic diagnosis detection of errors during normal operation actions for troubleshooting and raising alarms f...

Page 1491: ...mon Port Circuit Pack Maintenance documentation for resolutions 4 Is a data channel on the Processor circuit pack in the in service idle state Enter list data command and find out the extension number...

Page 1492: ...ion for resolution Table 399 PMS PRNT JNL PRNT Link Maintenance Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence firs...

Page 1493: ...er device is in the in service idle state If the data extension is not available then refer to the Procedures for Restoring the PMS Printer Link section for resolution d Link idle timer link comes dow...

Page 1494: ...Link Tear Down Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 40 ABORT Internal system error 50 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1010 A...

Page 1495: ...nternal system error 20 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 30 ABORT Internal system error 1 Refer to the Procedures for Restoring the PMS Printe...

Page 1496: ...or PI can be used with the CLAN to create an X 25 to TCP IP bridge for adjunct and DCS connectivity Control LAN Congestion Controls The switch activates congestion controls on CLAN when it detects bu...

Page 1497: ...alue 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all tests pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the recommended procedures 0 Any Any Any test port UUCSSpp...

Page 1498: ...e establish PPP link d Error Type 769 Port received an invalid frame which is greater than the maximum length contains CRC errors violates the link level protocol 1 Test the port test port UUCSSpp lon...

Page 1499: ...t test port UUCSSpp short 2 Refer to TCP IP Ping Test 1281 repair procedures j Error Type 3585 TDM Port Looparound Test 1285 failed 1 Test the port test port UUCsspp long 2 Refer to TDM Looparound Tes...

Page 1500: ...Table 404 TEST 1285 TDM Looparound Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1000 ABORT The port is in use 1 Determine port status status clan port UUCSSpp 2 Retry the command when the p...

Page 1501: ...et the circuit pack busyout board UUCSS reset board UUCSS and release board UUCSS 2 If the problem persists replace the circuit pack 2012 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute in...

Page 1502: ...es 2 Escalate if the problem persists 1963 ABORT Firmware indicates that the port is in use or ppp link is connected 1 Determine when the port is available for testing status clan port UUCSSpp 2 The p...

Page 1503: ...S Port circuitry functioning properly Table 406 TEST 1281 TCP IP Ping Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1 2 7 11 ABORT Internal error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals up...

Page 1504: ...the command at 1 minute intervals up to 3 times 2 Escalate if the problem persists 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals u...

Page 1505: ...destination or other components in the path 2 If the destination and all components in the path are in service ping the PPP destinations ping ip address xxx xxx xxx xxx 3 Escalate if the problem pers...

Page 1506: ...the test 4 Escalate if the problem persists 2000 ABORT Did not receive circuit pack test response within the allowable time period 1 If the problem persists reset the circuit pack busyout port UUCSSp...

Page 1507: ...session information PASS All sessions up Table 408 TEST 1279 PPP Link Status Inquiry Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1124 ABORT ppp link is not enabled 1 Verify that the ppp li...

Page 1508: ...t 1275 result 2 If the test passes wait for sessions to come up 3 If the test fails check the destination and other components in the path e g DS1 trunks 4 If the destination and other components in t...

Page 1509: ...the hardware required for controlling the environmental conditions The Maintenance Tape Processor provides the serial interfaces for the administration terminal and CDR ports The Maintenance Tape Proc...

Page 1510: ...On Off Board Test to Clear Value1 1 You must manually repeat the command with the long option the designated number of times from the administration terminal or from a remote administration terminal...

Page 1511: ...tigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive Processor Software Initiated Interrupt Test 77 a X X ND Processor ROM Checksum Test 80 a X X ND Processor Non ma...

Page 1512: ...e MTP did not respond to being reset 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to fail replace the Processor circuit pack 10106 FAIL The Maintenance Tape P...

Page 1513: ...emote access port field to y If you have an INADS line set the field to y If you are testing the Standby PR MAINT a refresh spe standby command must be successfully executed before you proceed to Step...

Page 1514: ...by SPE issue the refresh spe standby command and rerun the test 4 If the INADS trunk checks out okay but the test still fails check the backplane connector wiring 5 If the backplane wiring checks out...

Page 1515: ...tem 1 Wait about 10 minutes and then re enter the command 10301 ABORT System software resources required for this test are not available 10302 10309 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at...

Page 1516: ...to provide good service 1 If MTP Outpulse Relay Test 102 is also failing check for the presence of the INADS trunk and resolve any INADS trunk problems 2 If Test 102 passes the fault is on the Proces...

Page 1517: ...n and examine the Error Log for an error against PR MAINT with Error Type 769 no Aux Data This error entry indicates that the MTPDPR Test failed and that the Processor circuit pack should be replaced...

Page 1518: ...e refer to ABORT Error Code 1030 in STBY SPE Maintenance documentation 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2028 ABORT System software resources re...

Page 1519: ...2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2020 2022 2024 2025 2051 ABORT Refer to STBY SPE Maintenance documentation for a description of these error codes 1000 ABORT System software resources required to run this te...

Page 1520: ...TEST 228 MTP Manager I Loop Around Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1029 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2020 2022 2024 2025 2051 ABORT Refer to STBY SPE Maintenance documentation for...

Page 1521: ...eplace a circuit pack in the control carrier WARNING If the TN786B circuit pack must be replaced and if there is a blank in the Expansion Memory circuit pack slot that is in the slot immediately to th...

Page 1522: ...change system parameters cdr command needs to administer CDR 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2033 2034 ABORT Internal system error Port busy...

Page 1523: ...s and the low level diagnostic programs is programmed at the factory and is not reprogrammed by the upgrade software command DRAM is used for software data storage and it changes constantly Both types...

Page 1524: ...em 4 command or a reset system 5 command Table 417 Memory Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If a...

Page 1525: ...or a description of these tests Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive Processor Cache Test 895 a X ND Processor Cache Audit 896 a X X ND...

Page 1526: ...rovide service this indicates that the Processor circuit pack has a problem with memory or the RISC processor but can still function At the customers convenience run the destructive reset system 4 com...

Page 1527: ...ing the Translation Memory Card memory card should be implemented at the customer s earliest convenience Table 419 TEST 86 Text Checksum Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 100 ABOR...

Page 1528: ...set system 4 or reset system 5 If the test fails during a reset system command refer to the Procedure for SPE Down Mode in Chapter 1 Maintenance for CSI systems for the recommended maintenance strateg...

Page 1529: ...this test are not available 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 3 times PASS The DRAM is healthy Continued on next page Table 422 TEST 908 Memory Burst Read Test Error Code Test Re...

Page 1530: ...ded equipment Refer to Administrator s Guide for Avaya MultiVantage Software for details of the CDR feature CDR Link Maintenance provides a strategy for maintaining the link between the system and an...

Page 1531: ...stems it is possible for a failure on one of the processor circuit packs to bring down the CDR link even if it is the standby processor This problem can not be resolved by interchanging processors bec...

Page 1532: ...T errors in the Hardware Error Log If present refer to PR MAINT Maintenance Processor Maintenance documentation 4 Is a data channel on the TN2402 TN798 Processor circuit pack in the in service idle st...

Page 1533: ...nance Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value1 1 The MTP Reset Test 101 logs you off The MTP Dual Port Ram Test 104 can also log you off Manu...

Page 1534: ...during the interval of daily maintenance then the error can be ignored d This error indicates that the CDR output device is in an off line state for example paper jam or paper out for a printer devic...

Page 1535: ...Tear Down Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 40 ABORT Internal system error 50 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1010 ABOR...

Page 1536: ...error Internal error in Maintenance Action Process MAP MAP returns an error back to maintenance script HMM Timer expires while waiting for the reply from MAP 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals...

Page 1537: ...sponsible for monitoring the sanity of the RISC Processor circuit pack and the environmental conditions The PR MAINT provides the serial interfaces for the SAT and for the Digital Communications Equip...

Page 1538: ...stem software has a sanity problem The test processor a long clear command clears this alarm but the sanity timer is only tested during initialization so the alarm occurs again and the system is not p...

Page 1539: ...Processor for a description of these tests Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive Processor Cache Test 895 X ND Processor Cache Audit 896...

Page 1540: ...nternal operation of the RISC Processor chip and the bus time out circuitry Table 427 Test 80 Processor BOOTPROM Checksum Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 100 ABORT The test did...

Page 1541: ...commendation 100 ABORT The test did not complete within the allowable time period 2500 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command FAIL The interrupt was not detected or acted upon 1 Repeat the co...

Page 1542: ...ch or all of the cache stuck data bit with the only direct indication again being the cache parity error or cache test error Table 430 Test 896 Processor Cache Audit Error Code Test Result Description...

Page 1543: ...pack must be replaced as soon as possible Table 431 Test 900 Processor Write Buffer Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 100 ABORT The test did not complete within the allowable time...

Page 1544: ...rs are logged to the Hardware Error Log for information purposes only Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Values Notes a These errors indicate that a system recovery action has been taken because one...

Page 1545: ...briefly during daily maintenance If this ringing disturbs the customer or the terminal equipment disable it in the Tests field of the change station extension form Be aware that this action will also...

Page 1546: ...ocedure for Test 48 40977 indicates that terminal equipment was not connected when ringing was attempted Run the short test via the test port UUCSSpp command and follow the procedure for the results o...

Page 1547: ...al equipment disable it by setting the Tests field on the change station extension form to n On some software releases this will also disable Tests 7 and 35 e Error Type 2817 indicates that the end po...

Page 1548: ...state of the port If the port is in use wait until the port is idle 2 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1004 ABORT The port was seized by a valid call during the test The t...

Page 1549: ...ervals a maximum of 5 times FAIL The port s battery feed chip is unable to supply sufficient power to the terminal equipment This could be a marginal test and the terminal equipment may be operating s...

Page 1550: ...aborted due to a configuration problem This test may not be applicable or it may be disruptive to terminal equipment other than a voice terminal for example the modem pool member or Music On Hold 2000...

Page 1551: ...ate failed 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times PASS The software and the port processor have the same status User reported troubles on this port should be investigated by us...

Page 1552: ...to abort look for RING GEN errors in the Error Log If an ABORT 1008 occurs for this test on other circuit packs as well then the ringing generator may be defective or is not wired correctly see errors...

Page 1553: ...heck the set and replace it if necessary 5 Some terminal equipment could fail even when it is connected properly If this is the case disable the test using the change station extension command enter n...

Page 1554: ...mware automatically reports in line error conditions which results in SPE controlled testing There are instances where the service state of a station is mentioned The different service states that app...

Page 1555: ...applications c 302B1 and 302C1 attendant console Downloadable Terminal Parameters The following parameters are downloaded to programmable terminals Table 438 Parameters Downloadable to Programmable Te...

Page 1556: ...inal SAT or from a station For the background actions described below the terminal downloads automatically if a download retry flag for the terminal is set in software This flag is set at the time tra...

Page 1557: ...pack that is physically inserted into the system and has ports currently administered for programmable terminals A station port is added to the system by an add station or change station command A TT...

Page 1558: ...LEDs on the 84xx 603x terminal are turned on for three seconds if the station was successfully downloaded This is not true for the 302B1 terminal There is no visible display on a station for the other...

Page 1559: ...ence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the recommended procedures 0 Any Any Any test port UUCSSpp sh r 1 1 a 1 to 20 40987 None WARNING OFF 18 b 0 busyout port UUCSSpp WARNING OFF r...

Page 1560: ...ged when the port in question is busied out by maintenance personnel Make sure the port is released from busyout by the release port UUCSS pp PCSSpp command c Error Type 257 indicates problems transmi...

Page 1561: ...ts are received Otherwise make sure the voice terminal is connected check for defective wiring check for a defective voice terminal and move the voice terminal to a jack that is closer to the switch i...

Page 1562: ...st In this test the processor requests that the EPF be turned on for a given port and an attempt is made to turn on the power supply to the station If no current is drawn the station is probably not c...

Page 1563: ...te intervals a maximum of 5 times FAIL Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times PASS Electronic Power Feed Test passed The message to turn on the power to t...

Page 1564: ...ice state 1 Use the status station command to verify the state of the station 2 Make sure the terminal is connected 3 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1000 ABORT System res...

Page 1565: ...tion and health information back This information is checked and a pass fail result is provided Ringer Update This updates the digital telephone ringer state according to the processor records DTMF Ad...

Page 1566: ...ed for Test 11 2 Look for Error Type 769 logged against RDIG STA and follow the procedures in the associated footnote If any additional problems are found rerun the test 4 ABORT Internal system error...

Page 1567: ...escalate the problem If both commands indicate that the port is a TTI port the abort is correct and no action is necessary 2000 ABORT Response to the test was not received in the allowable time period...

Page 1568: ...d as many as 26 endpoints associated with that Remote Office and several H 323 signaling groups could be out of service MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 UU is the universal c...

Page 1569: ...use there is no way to determine which entity has failed However the aux data associated with this error indicates whether the endpoint that failed to respond was a DCP Analog or Signaling Group type...

Page 1570: ...to Clear Values MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P is an appropriate port network number determined via the Port field from the Alarm or Error Log Full Name of MO RING...

Page 1571: ...rated from other tests in the testing sequence Notes a Refer to EMG XFER Emergency Transfer Maintenance documentation for a description of this test b Refer to EXT DEV External Alarm Maintenance docum...

Page 1572: ...Description Recommendation 1 1000 1001 1003 1115 2012 2100 ABORT The system software is unable to determine the active tone clock circuit pack unable to allocated the resources necessary to run the t...

Page 1573: ...ocessor Port Network in this configuration FAIL This failure indicates that there is no ringing voltage in the carrier where the active tone clock circuit pack resides Other carriers may or may not ha...

Page 1574: ...documentation for related port information MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P is the port network number 1 C is the carrier designation for example A B or C and SS is t...

Page 1575: ...port via a voice time slot The station set may be connected to the Speech Synthesis Port through either a line or trunk circuit When there is an incoming call to a port the listen network time slot i...

Page 1576: ...G ON test port PCSSpp sh 257 Speech Synthesis PSS Handshake Test 168 MAJOR ON test port PCSSpp sh r 2 513 17922 Speech Synthesis Memory Test 166 MINOR ON test port PCSSpp sh r 2 769 17664 Speech Synth...

Page 1577: ...ns and Error Codes Always investigate tests in the order presented in the table below when inspecting errors in the system By clearing error codes associated with the NPE Crosstalk Test for example yo...

Page 1578: ...a maximum of 5 times 1001 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1002 ABORT The system could not alloca...

Page 1579: ...owable time period 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times Any FAIL The NPE of the tested port was...

Page 1580: ...wait until the port is idle yellow LED if off before retesting 1 If the port is idle retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1004 ABORT The port was seized by a valid call during...

Page 1581: ...available for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle yellow LED if off before retesting 1 If the port is idle retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2000 ABORT Respon...

Page 1582: ...t are not available The port may be busy with a valid call and therefore unavailable for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle yellow LED if off before retesting 1 If the port is idle ret...

Page 1583: ...aximum of 5 times 1021 ABORT The 440 Hz tone was not detected by the Tone Detector circuit and inter digit time out has occurred on the Tone Detector circuit 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals...

Page 1584: ...in tests You must wait until the port is idle yellow LED if off before retesting 1 If the port is idle retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1019 ABORT Test is already running o...

Page 1585: ...nd at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1000 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available The port may be busy with a valid call and therefore unavailable for certain tests...

Page 1586: ...not available The port may be busy with a valid call and therefore unavailable for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle yellow LED if off before retesting 1 If the port is idle retry th...

Page 1587: ...urces required to run this test are not available The port may be busy with a valid call and therefore unavailable for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle yellow LED if off before retes...

Page 1588: ...then sent to the processor The Switch Control monitors the health of the control channel on the PPN cabinet TDM Bus and informs the processor when errors occur The Switch Control contains the hardwar...

Page 1589: ...he Aux Data is more than 100 or fails two out of three times with Aux Data less than 100 the Processor circuit pack needs to be replaced d A 769 error occurs when the Switch Control reports a loss of...

Page 1590: ...cessor circuit pack consider the replacement of the control carrier It s possible that the backplane of the control carrier may be defective Recommended Repair Kits Processor circuit pack TN2402 TN798...

Page 1591: ...to DATA CHL Network Control Channel Maintenance documentation for a description of these tests Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive Sw...

Page 1592: ...o either a Processor circuit pack failure or the loss of system timing signals If the Switch Control is alarmed then suspect a Processor circuit pack failure If the Switch Control is not alarmed inves...

Page 1593: ...tch Control could not be successfully reset If this is a standard system the customer probably cannot make or receive calls 1 This failure could be due to either a Processor circuit pack failure or th...

Page 1594: ...mand at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 0 FAIL The Switch Control cannot communicate on the TDM Bus control channel The customer probably cannot make or receive calls 1 Run the Short Test Sequ...

Page 1595: ...less heavily used and rerun the test at that time 2012 ABORT Internal system error 2013 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute interva...

Page 1596: ...uld be used as references If the primary synchronization reference is not providing a valid timing signal the system automatically switches to the secondary synchronization reference If the secondary...

Page 1597: ...is command is useful to diagnose synchronization problems by forcing a specific reference DS1 or Tone Clock to be the system synchronization reference to determine if a specific reference is providing...

Page 1598: ...onization Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 0 Any Any Any test synchronization 1 a 1 Any None WARNING MINOR j 2 OFF None 18 b 0 disa...

Page 1599: ...ort network via the test tone clock PC long command Check the Error Log for TDM CLK errors and verify that TDM Bus Clock Test 148 passes successfully If Test 148 fails with an Error Code 2 through 32...

Page 1600: ...primary and secondary if administered are not providing a valid timing signal Investigate errors 1 and 257 to resolve this error e This error indicates excessive switching of system synchronization r...

Page 1601: ...150 the primary or secondary if administered synchronization references are not providing valid timing signals for the system Check the system synchronization references administered and follow the s...

Page 1602: ...and DS1 Interface circuit packs in the system are updated via this test This test will either pass or abort Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nond...

Page 1603: ...mediately Other alarming conditions which do not cause the link to go down also get a WARNING alarm Identifying a System Link In order to trace problems associated with a system link it is necessary t...

Page 1604: ...not involve a link that is down is the current hardware path If the link is down faulted hardware path is the focus of attention The command status sys link location will present the state of both the...

Page 1605: ...nce hence Error 1025 will also be logged The system link is alarmed if 2 or more errors of this type are detected within 10 minutes To correct the problem follow the Common Procedure described above C...

Page 1606: ...on may experience slower throughput rate and the Packet Interface may experience backup or congestion The system link is alarmed if 4 or more errors of this type are detected within 10 minutes To corr...

Page 1607: ...test queries the switch for the status of the system link and verifies that all switch components have the same view of the link state Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D N...

Page 1608: ...Link is torn down due to an error System Printer Link Maintenance raises a MINOR alarm but does not attempt to bring up the System Printer Link In DEFINITY Generic 1 the physical configuration for the...

Page 1609: ...associated Refer to the appropriate MO documentation for recommended repair strategy Continue with Step 3 If the destination is eia look for PR MAINT errors in the Hardware Error Log If errors are pr...

Page 1610: ...Link b A failure was encountered while attempting to set up the System Printer Link This attempt could have been initiated by either the Report Scheduler software or link maintenance automatic link r...

Page 1611: ...the data extension to which the SYS PRNT output device connects has been busied out 4 internal software error Check the connectivity of the wires and cables among the wall jacket data module and SYS...

Page 1612: ...r Down Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 40 50 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 2 times 1010 ABORT The System Printer Link has be...

Page 1613: ...ecommendation 10 20 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 2 times 30 ABORT Internal system error 1 Refer to the Procedures for Restoring the System Printer...

Page 1614: ...ibilities Often two errors are logged at the same time for each problem MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 SYSTEM only has errors associated with it and thus only appears in th...

Page 1615: ...System Restart Level 1 was requested d A process trapped e This error appears when patching and subsequently applying the patch by a craft requested reset system 1 f A Restart Level 2 occurred due to...

Page 1616: ...ay to the Network Control Element NCE and then to the TDM bus The circuit switched connections have a Mu law or A law option for voice and operate as 64Kb s clear data channels The packet switched cha...

Page 1617: ...mination S Basic Rate network side 4 wire line interface S T 4 wire Basic Rate connection to a Network Termination1 T 4 wire Basic Rate interface to a Network Termination 2 TE Terminal Equipment U Bas...

Page 1618: ...transfer multiplexing and multi drop termination with contention resolution Table 468 TBRI BD Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 0 An...

Page 1619: ...ut board PCSS and reset board PCSS commands When reset the circuit pack executes a set of tests to detect the presence of any of the faults listed above Detection of one of these errors during initial...

Page 1620: ...y faulty data received on one of the circuit pack s external ports If any of the ports on this circuit pack is alarmed refer to the repair procedures for those maintenance objects If this error persis...

Page 1621: ...tware periodically puts the board back in service and tells the Archangel to process up link messages from the board If the problem still exists the software takes the circuit pack out of service agai...

Page 1622: ...k section SAKI Sanity Test 53 This test is destructive Refer to the repair procedure described in the XXX BD Common Port Circuit Pack section This test is only run as a part of a reset board procedure...

Page 1623: ...The error code indicates the value of the on board error counter 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to fail verify the validity of the Packet Bus R...

Page 1624: ...into a single physical channel which is then routed via the concentration highway to the Network Control Element NCE and then to the TDM bus The circuit switched connections have a Mu law or A law opt...

Page 1625: ...this 1 544 or 2 048 Mbps interface R Interface between Terminal Equipment and Network Termination S Basic Rate network side 4 wire line interface S T 4 wire Basic Rate connection to a Network Termina...

Page 1626: ...uding protocol handling and multiplexing for Layers 2 and 3 2 Network Termination 1 NT1 that terminates Layer 1 and monitors maintenance performance timing power transfer multiplexing and multi drop t...

Page 1627: ...the associated B Channels Upon expiration associated in service B channels are put in the out of service far end state 1793 j BRI Port Local TDM Looparound Test 619 MINOR ON 2049 k MINOR OFF 2305 l La...

Page 1628: ...hooting procedures for NPE Crosstalk Test 617 If this does not fix the problem follow normal escalation procedures h Error Type 1537 The board received a bad Cyclical Redundancy Check CRC over the D C...

Page 1629: ...l o Error Type 3586 Each port can support up to three Terminal Endpoint Identifiers TEIs Each channel on the port can request a TEI assignment from the switch if it supports ISDN BRI TEI assignment pr...

Page 1630: ...a field shows which port caused the error Table 471 Cause Values for Error 3841 3942 Value Type of Problem Meaning 2 admin No route to specific transit network 3 admin No route to destination or Germa...

Page 1631: ...nance is able to successfully send the downlink messages otherwise the test aborts Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive BRI Local LAN P...

Page 1632: ...ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available The port may be busy with a valid call Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the station extension or trunk group member n...

Page 1633: ...d received back by the switch The test passes if the packet connection can be established and the transmitted data is received unaltered The test aborts if the bus is alarmed in the Processor Port Net...

Page 1634: ...mmand is destructive execution of this command prior to the port being idle causes all calls associated with the BRI port to be torn down 1141 ABORT The PKT INT is out of service 1 Follow the repair p...

Page 1635: ...t is in use then the port is unavailable for certain tests Wait until the port is idle before retesting 1 If the port is idle then retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1002 ABO...

Page 1636: ...sources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2103 ABORT The system could not make the conference connection for the test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute inte...

Page 1637: ...e error is cleared If the counter is non zero the test fails and the value of the counter is displayed in the Error Code field Table 476 TEST 623 CRC Error Counter Test Error Code Test Result Descript...

Page 1638: ...rflow Error Counter Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 2000 ABORT Response to the test was not received from the circuit pack within the allowable time period 1 If the test aborts...

Page 1639: ...cuit pack When in this state the Level 1 interface is not active and an idle signal is transmitted to the channels or that Layer 1 was deactivated by the switch When an TBRI PT port is placed in the o...

Page 1640: ...Verify that the NT1 has power 2 Execute the test port PCSSpp command and review the results of the Level 1 Status Inquiry Test to verify the repair If this test still fails proceed to Step 3 3 Follow...

Page 1641: ...ed to Step 3 3 After executing the test port long PCSSpp command review the results of all the tests Follow the repair procedures for any tests that fail Verify repair of the problem by executing the...

Page 1642: ...is out of service 1 Consult the repair procedure for PKT INT 1187 ABORT The circuit pack or port may have been busied out by a technician 1 Look in the Error Log for Error Type 18 busied out for TBRI...

Page 1643: ...ble time period If Error Type 1538 is present in the Error Log follow the maintenance strategy recommended for this error type 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this...

Page 1644: ...rt the LAPD protocol and conform with the CCITT Q 920 Recommendations for D channel signaling LEDs The three LEDs on the circuit pack s faceplate indicate board status When illuminated the red LED ind...

Page 1645: ...passes d Unexpected Restart message this error causes no action and is logged only e B Channel Rejection Event this action causes the Service State Audit the Call State Audit and the Test Call Audit...

Page 1646: ...e system By clearing error codes associated with the Services State Test for example you may also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence Order of Investigation Short Test Sequ...

Page 1647: ...message The test fails if the board is not inserted or translated properly or if a reply is not received within a certain amount of time The test aborts if the signaling link is disconnected if a mess...

Page 1648: ...st This test is only performed in the OOS FE state 1117 ABORT A service state audit message is outstanding 1 Wait two minutes and then try again 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system reso...

Page 1649: ...t Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1018 ABORT The test is disabled 1 Enable the test by entering y in the Maintenance Tests field on page 2 of the change trunk group form 1019 ABORT A...

Page 1650: ...of the transmit and receive sides of the ISDN Trunk side BRI trunk to a data channel 2 The test call connection is established over the TDM Bus of the transmit and receive sides of the ISDN Trunk side...

Page 1651: ...d green LEDs are turned off on the M T BD Maintenance Test circuit pack 2 Retry the test If problem persists refer to M T DIG Maintenance Test Digital Port Maintenance documentation 1113 ABORT The sig...

Page 1652: ...tration forms 2012 None 2000 ABORT Internal System Error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2035 ABORT The call has timed out perhaps because of a lack of system resources...

Page 1653: ...stration form 3 Check the administration of the test call BCC Bearer Capability Class on the trunk group administration form 4 Try the test again 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 ABORT Internal System Error 1...

Page 1654: ...ta received indicates a loss of integrity on the communications path 1 The trunk should be taken out of service and the quality of the ISDN Trunk side BRI line should be investigated The investigation...

Page 1655: ...n MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run Full Name of MO TDMODULE1 1 Where P is the port network number 1 C is the carrier designation for example A B or C SS is the address of the sl...

Page 1656: ...Bus The TDM Bus dedicated tone time slots are on Non Tone Bus The TDM Bus dedicated tone time slots are NOT on TDM Bus Fault Detection and Isolation Procedure TDM Bus faults are most likely caused by...

Page 1657: ...re at least one Tone Detector circuit pack is in the same Port Network in which the TDM Bus fault is being isolated The Tone Detector circuit pack is needed by maintenance to test the TDM Bus Procedur...

Page 1658: ...PE Crosstalk Test 6 first To find which circuit packs failed this test display the Hardware Error Log via the display errors command Refer to the Maintenance documentation of each port circuit pack th...

Page 1659: ...the shortened TDM Bus Procedure 2 is performed for port circuit packs purple slots and Procedure 3 for control carrier circuit packs 3 If none of the TDM Bus tests fail extend the TDM Bus to another...

Page 1660: ...ack entered the reset state If using this method is not feasible try the other procedures in the section Procedure 3 Destructive Reset the port network that contains the circuit pack that is in the re...

Page 1661: ...ontrol channel bus Table 486 TDM Bus Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all tests pass run the...

Page 1662: ...n is required d This error indicates that some time slots are corrupted in the specified TDM Bus The Minor alarm is raised when there are more than 50 bad time slots in the bus The aux data indicates...

Page 1663: ...y clearing error codes associated with the Control Channel Test for example you may also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long...

Page 1664: ...dation none ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test For example maintenance could be running on the Tone Detector circuit pack and it is using the CPTRs 1115 ABORT Cou...

Page 1665: ...se the status system command to verify which bus is the control channel bus none FAIL Communication through the Control Channel is not working The problem is not necessarily the TDM Bus itself 1 Displ...

Page 1666: ...us This is a valid response Use the status system command to verify which bus is the control channel bus 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 1 Ret...

Page 1667: ...Digital Signal 1 DS1 facilities as primary or primary and secondary references Moreover the Tone Clock circuit pack aids in monitoring and selecting synchronization references The Tone Clock circuit p...

Page 1668: ...dary DS1 Primary Only DS1 Primary None No External Source None None SLAVE PNC Duplication Active EI Standby EI No PNC Duplication Active EI None Table 490 TDM Bus Clock Error Log Entries Error Type Au...

Page 1669: ...he tone clock has reported an out of lock condition A aux value of 1 indicates this error is an out of lock with the primary reference A aux value of 2 indicates this error is an out of lock with the...

Page 1670: ...s on this error No corrective action is required For any other Aux Data go to the next step 6 If the board is duplicated switch to the standby side set tone 7 Test the alarmed board test tone UUCSS lo...

Page 1671: ...hronized to that DS1 reference If a second DS1 is available the tone clock may be synchronized to that reference If no secondary DS1 reference is available the tone clock will run off of its internal...

Page 1672: ...red and the Tone Clock circuit pack reported in the error log has not been replaced up to now replace it System Technician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes Always investigate tests in the o...

Page 1673: ...eceived within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1 FAIL This error means...

Page 1674: ...ired 66 FAIL There is an on board failure of TDM clock hardware 1 Use test tone UUCSS long to resolve the problem The long test resets the board and is required to reload on board RAM associated with...

Page 1675: ...he command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times Any FAIL The error code represents the rate in Parts Per Million or PPM at which clock slip errors have been detected on the incoming synchronizat...

Page 1676: ...Refer to XXX BD Common Port Circuit Pack Maintenance documentation for circuit pack level errors See also TIE TRK Tie Trunk Table 493 TEST 151 TDM Bus Clock Parameter Update Test Error Code Test Resul...

Page 1677: ...nded tests and alarm escalation and resolution Three different trunk service states are specified in the DS1 tie trunk maintenance They are out of service in which the trunk is in a deactivated state...

Page 1678: ...be raised when the System Parameter Country form has the Base Tone Generator field set to 4 Italy This alarm will be a MINOR alarm unless 75 or more trunks in this trunk group are out of service then...

Page 1679: ...hat the circuit pack has been removed or has been insane for more than 11 minutes To clear the error reinsert or replace the circuit pack f Error Type 257 The DS1 Interface circuit pack detects a hard...

Page 1680: ...be put in Ready for Service state shown as disconnected by the status command which allows only incoming calls Run the Trunk Seizure Test 136 and follow its outlined procedures k Error Type 2562 Retry...

Page 1681: ...el talks on the selected time slot and never crosses over to time slots reserved for other connections If the NPE is not working correctly one way and noisy connections may be observed This test is us...

Page 1682: ...ive TDM BUS errors 1 If the system has no TDM BUS errors and is not handling heavy traffic and the port status is idle retry the command at 1 minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times 1003 ABORT The s...

Page 1683: ...board problems of concern include EXP PN and EXP INTF faults TDM BUS faults and faults associated with the tone detectors tone generators Clear all off board problems before replacing the board Keep i...

Page 1684: ...onfig command and resolve any problems that are found 2 If the board was found to be correctly inserted in step 1 issue the busyout board command 3 Issue the reset board command 4 Issue the release bu...

Page 1685: ...rt PCSSpp command to determine the trunk group member number of the port Use the status trunk command to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use...

Page 1686: ...mand at 1 minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times 1018 ABORT Test disabled via administration This only applies to analog stations 1 To enable test set the Test field on the station administration s...

Page 1687: ...have the correct administration FAIL con t 6 Replace the circuit pack NOTE If the conference circuit test fails for all ports on a circuit pack a 5 volt power problem is indicated PASS The port can co...

Page 1688: ...the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use then the port is unavailable for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle before retesting 1 If the port status is active but...

Page 1689: ...ccessfully The current trunk states kept in the DS1 Interface circuit pack and switch software are consistent If the trunk is busied out the test does not run but it does return PASS To verify that th...

Page 1690: ...determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use then the port is unavailable for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle before retesting 1 If...

Page 1691: ...pecific port or due to a more general circuit pack error 1 Examine the error log for existing errors against this port or the circuit pack and attempt to diagnose the already existing error 2 Retry th...

Page 1692: ...umentation 4 Retry the test at 1 minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times 2000 FAIL Response to the seizure message was not received within the allowable time period 1 Enter the list configuration bo...

Page 1693: ...s that are found 2 If the board was found to be correctly inserted in step 1 issue the busyout board command 3 Issue the reset board command 4 Issue the release busy board command 5 Issue the test boa...

Page 1694: ...A tie trunk port can also be administered as an access endpoint which is a non signaling channel with a voice grade data bandwidth MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P i...

Page 1695: ...t may fail due to noise induced by adjacent electric power lines Customers having this problem should resolve it with their local power company To temporarily alleviate the alarm caused by the failure...

Page 1696: ...ontinuous or discontinuous Rotary or DTMF senderization in or out Disconnect timing DMTF time slot Additional in line testing is performed while a call is in progress Thus many in line errors may occu...

Page 1697: ...g 0 busyout trunk grp mbr WARNING OFF release trunk grp mbr 130 h 2 None2 WARNING ON test trunk grp mbr 257 i 57473 None WARNING OFF 257 j 57474 None WARNING OFF 257 k 57475 None WARNING OFF 513 Any...

Page 1698: ...it packs on a delay dial line Check the far end PBX to ensure a translation match at both ends 2049 NPE Crosstalk 6 MAJ MIN WRN1 MINOR ON test port PCSSpp l r 32 2305 m 50944 None Seizure 73 3 Tie Tru...

Page 1699: ...a translation match at both ends l This indicates that the trunk is still seized with an incoming call The far end PBX is not releasing the trunk after the call is dropped A Minor alarm is generated e...

Page 1700: ...r port basis The NPE Crosstalk Test verifies that this port s NPE channel talks on the selected time slot and never crosses over to time slots reserved for other connections If the NPE is not working...

Page 1701: ...ommand at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1002 ABORT The system could not allocate time slots for the test The system may be under heavy traffic conditions or it may have time slots out of ser...

Page 1702: ...Maintenance documentation 2 Look for TONE BD and or TONE PT errors in the error log If present refer to the TONE BD Maintenance documentation and the TONE PT Maintenance documentation 3 Test the boar...

Page 1703: ...imum of 5 times 129 ABORT The 404 Hz reflective loop around test aborted Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 131 The 1004 Hz reflective loop around test abor...

Page 1704: ...The port was seized by a valid call during the test The test has been aborted Use the display trunk xx command to determine the trunk group member number of the port Use the status trunk command to d...

Page 1705: ...troubles have been reported refer the problem to the CO NOTE If the looparound and conference circuit test fails for all ports on a circuit pack a 5 volt power problem is indicated If the test fails...

Page 1706: ...d at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1006 ABORT TN497 circuit pack only The port is in the out of service state The test cannot be run 1 Retry the command once the port is in service 2100 ABOR...

Page 1707: ...use digit For a port administered as TGU or a TGE the Seizure Test internally seizes the trunk and outpulses a pause The report reports the result of the seizure attempt uplink 0 NO BOARD The test cou...

Page 1708: ...s seized by a valid call during the test The test has been aborted Use the display trunk xx to determine the trunk group member number of the port Use the status trunk command to determine the service...

Page 1709: ...ervals a maximum of 5 times 3 FAIL TN439 circuit packs only No dial tone detected from the other end 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to fail chec...

Page 1710: ...the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use then the port is unavailable for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle before retesting 1 If the port...

Page 1711: ...ximum of 5 times 1 FAIL The E lead test failed due to an on board port problem 1 Replace the circuit pack 2 FAIL The M lead test failed The EPF has experienced an overcurrent condition perhaps due to...

Page 1712: ...display port PCSSpp to determine the trunk group member number of the port Use the status trunk command to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in us...

Page 1713: ...not then either the number is wrong or the far end is administered incorrectly 1906 ABORT Reorder tone detected from far end 1 See actions for error code 1905 1907 ABORT Other unexpected tone detecte...

Page 1714: ...s self check at 0dBm at 1004 Hz failed 1 Test the TN2402 TN798 circuit packs 1940 ABORT Far end noise self check failed 1 The problem is with the far end system a technician at the far end should test...

Page 1715: ...in the unacceptable range as administered on the trunk group form Retrieve a measurement report via the list testcalls command Make sure that ATMS thresholds are set properly on page 4 of the Trunk Gr...

Page 1716: ...n the TN1648 SYSAM circuit pack and has a backup battery to save the time of day during power failures If the TN1648 SYSAM circuit pack is physically removed from the carrier the contents of the time...

Page 1717: ...etired continue with Step 3 3 Test the active TN1648 SYSAM circuit pack using the test maintenance a b sh command If any tests fail refer to the repair procedures for the SYSAM circuit pack before fur...

Page 1718: ...Enhanced Tone Receiver ports ETR PT and are described in the documentation for ETR PT Tone Clock Circuit Packs CMC systems have one Tone Clock circuit pack in each port network This is in the A carrie...

Page 1719: ...l immediately go into the Emergency Transfer state 2 Insert a new Tone Clock circuit pack The system will detect the return of the clocks and will automatically recover as follows The system will perf...

Page 1720: ...23 c 0 None WARNING OFF 125 d None MINOR ON 126 e None MINOR ON 257 65535 Control Channel Test 52 MINOR ON test tone clock PC r 20 257 f Any None 513 g Any None 769 h 4358 None 1025 i 4363 NPE Audit...

Page 1721: ...his circuit pack is logically administered To resolve this problem either remove the wrong circuit pack and insert the logically administered circuit pack OR use the change circuit pack command to rea...

Page 1722: ...w the repair or replacement procedures indicated for any such errors found 2 If the error is not corrected by resolving errors found in step 1 the Tone Clock circuit pack should be replaced See the pr...

Page 1723: ...S section 5 If the problem persists follow normal escalation procedures l Error Type 2561 This error indicates that a Tone Clock circuit pack with a different circuit pack code as required for this sy...

Page 1724: ...1 and 3A01 or 3B02 for EPN2 The t c selector circuit pack of interest is the one which was active at the time the error was logged An EXP LNK interchange since the time of the error may have made that...

Page 1725: ...t c selector is active the problem has been resolved If the problem persists after following the above steps follow normal escalation procedures n Error Type 3840 This error is not service affecting...

Page 1726: ...according to the Tone Clock Circuit Pack Code Notes a Refer to XXX BD Common Port Circuit Pack documentation for descriptions of these tests b Refer to TONE PT Tone Generator documentation for descri...

Page 1727: ...indicates a suspect clock is at the edge of its specified frequency If the circuit pack did not have a loss of clock or TDM CLK error 1 at threshold the inquiry reports PASS Table 510 System Technicia...

Page 1728: ...g to the appropriate error log entries Once this test fails the only way to make it pass and to retire the associated alarm is to repair the problem and to execute the set tone clock PC override comma...

Page 1729: ...calls will not The Tone Clock circuit pack also provides the clocks for the system and can serve as the synchronization reference Therefore when resolving alarms on the Tone Clock circuit pack the TD...

Page 1730: ...e customer complaints of no tones or incorrect tones which can not be explained in any other way However if an alarm is raised because this error is being repeatedly logged then the circuit pack shoul...

Page 1731: ...XXX BD Common Port Circuit Pack Maintenance documentation for descriptions of these tests b Refer to TONE BD Tone Clock Circuit Pack section for descriptions of these tests c Refer to TDM CLK TDM Bus...

Page 1732: ...tor These tones are 440 Hz 2225 Hz Digital Count The tone generator is then told to generate a sequence of test tones whose output levels are measured by a tone detector These tones are 404 Hz at 0 dB...

Page 1733: ...1 Make sure there is a Tone Detector circuit pack installed 2 Allow approximately 1 minute for Tone Detector maintenance to run on the newly inserted Tone Detector circuit pack 3 Retry the command at...

Page 1734: ...d replacement or other physical activity has occurred just before this error is observed Use display errors to look for errors on other circuit packs in the carriers of the same Port Network as the To...

Page 1735: ...TN2182 tone clock to support the currently administered country options tone generation parameters 1 Check the administration on the system parameters country option form Specifically the Base Tone Ge...

Page 1736: ...the TDM BUS via the test tdm port network PN command Refer to TDM BUS section for details 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT Could no...

Page 1737: ...hanging the grace period see Changing the grace period interval Clearing the alarm Use the reset system 3 command with the translation card that matches the processor s in place to resolve the conditi...

Page 1738: ...ssor circuit pack replacement procedure Step Description Command Procedure 1 Suppress alarms change system parameters maintenance Change the Alarm Origination to OSS Numbers field to neither Screen 87...

Page 1739: ...hrough 8 this time performing the steps on the A side Table 516 Processor circuit pack replacement procedure Continued Step Description Command Procedure Continued on next page change system parameter...

Page 1740: ...e system parameters security See Screen 88 on page 1741 2 Go to page 2 Scroll to page 2 of the form 3 Change the field value Set the Translation ID Number Mismatch Interval field to a number between 1...

Page 1741: ...of a translation ID mismatch change system parameters security SECURITY RELATED SYSTEM PARAMETERS SECURITY VIOLATION NOTIFICATION PARAMETERS SVN Station Security Code Violation Notification Enabled n...

Page 1742: ...r outgoing not only at the Avaya DEFINITY Server but also at the CO switch This is necessary to avoid collisions i e glare and other highly undesirable conditions The TN797 Analog Trunk and Line circu...

Page 1743: ...and the ADM TSC serves as the logical channel function in a DCS network A Non Call Associated Temporary Signaling Connection NCATSC is a virtual connection established within a D channel The NCATSC c...

Page 1744: ...no Test to Clear Value for error types 3840 3967 The error types provide the following additional data that may prove useful when tracking down problems This error indicates that a TSC Heartbeat Inqu...

Page 1745: ...me type of recovery action in certain instances This test sends a USER INFORMATION TSC heartbeat message inquiry across an Administered TSC to determine if the far end can respond to a USER INFORMATIO...

Page 1746: ...he change sig group group command where group refers to the number of the signaling group under which the suspect TSC is administered Change the Enable field to n To enable the ADMTSC change the Enabl...

Page 1747: ...a maximum of 3 times 2 If the problem continues to fail obtain the status of the D channel or D channel pair associated with the ADMTSC via the status sig group group command If the D channel is INS t...

Page 1748: ...etwork is active 3 Disable and enable the Administered TSC 4 Retry the test tsc administered command 2 FAIL Facility IE Information Element reject 1 Check all other nodes in the network and make sure...

Page 1749: ...becomes available It is for this reason that it is necessary to have sufficient tone detectors in the system to prevent delay in receiving dial tone The TTR LEV errors can be used to determine a shor...

Page 1750: ...e is an insufficient number of General Purpose Tone Detector Ports GPTD PTs or Dual Tone Multifrequency Receiver Ports DTMR PTs in the system for a Tone Detector circuit pack Or there is an insufficie...

Page 1751: ...rcuit pack which contains the defective alarmed GPTD PT or DTMR PT Execute the test board PCSS long rep 3 command where PCSS is the address that is port network number carrier designation and slot add...

Page 1752: ...r transitional states when the ports are being brought into service d The total number of GPTD ports currently in service is below the administered threshold To clear the alarm refer to the repair pro...

Page 1753: ...ed Since an Integrated Channel Service Unit ICSU is not supported on this circuit pack tests associated with an ICSU are not executed Tests associated with new functionality available with the video e...

Page 1754: ...upgrade procedure requires removing the JRC Japan Radio Corporation external converter in Figure 54 Figure 54 Japanese TTC public network connections Figure Notes 1 Avaya DEFINITY Server 2 UDS1 BD DS1...

Page 1755: ...SS 2 Remove the TN464 administration change circuit pack change ds1 and change trunk group n 3 Remove the UDS1 BD circuit packs 4 Remove the JRC Japan Radio Corporation external converter and cable 5...

Page 1756: ...tration parameters that are required for this interface to operate successfully in Japan Table 521 H600 513 cable assembly pinout TN2242 TDM 50 pin connection pin number Color Lead Designation Color 1...

Page 1757: ...rs Incoming Disconnect 100 Incoming Glare Guard 800ms or higher Incoming Dial Guard 10 Incoming Incomplete Dial Alarm 25 or higher Incoming Partial Dial 18 PPS 10 or 20 Make for PPS 10 35 Break for PP...

Page 1758: ...link status information to the synchronization reference switching algorithm This algorithm determines whether timing references should be switched due to failure or restore conditions TN2242 trunk p...

Page 1759: ...BP UDS1 circuit packs feature an integrated echo canceller Echo cancellation is a Software Right To Use feature that can be turned as needed Echo cancellation supports channels carrying voice and is n...

Page 1760: ...e TN464GP TN2464BP is selectable per channel even though it is administrable on a trunk group basis For example if all but two ports on a TN464GP TN2464BP need to have echo cancellation applied those...

Page 1761: ...free communication Refer to SYNC Synchronization in this MO for details Each trunk line or endpoint has its own maintenance strategy but all depend on the health of the UDS1 Interface circuit pack Ref...

Page 1762: ...Module between the Integrated CSU and the optional Customer Premises Loopback Jack or between the Integrated CSU and remote CSU These loopback tests are explained in detail later in this UDS1 BD MO b...

Page 1763: ...implementations for example between two different countries US systems use country protocol 1 Near End CSU Type is set to other for no CSU installed or for an external CSU such as an ESF T1 CSU or set...

Page 1764: ...5 shows how to configure the circuit pack for 24 channel or 32 channel DS1 The channel selection must match the parameters administered on the corresponding DS1 Circuit Pack Form US applications use 2...

Page 1765: ...ed onto a source C LAN board using FTP The image is then copied to the target boards Flash over the TDM bus The transfer of the download image from the source board to the target board is done under s...

Page 1766: ...N3 ON 1025 e 4363 NPE Audit Test 50 1281 Any Loss of Signal Alarm Inquiry Test 138 MIN WRN3 OFF test board UUCSS 1300 j Any Loss Of Signal Alarm Inquiry Test 138 WARNING OFF test board UUCSS 1301 k An...

Page 1767: ...1537 t 46082 MIN WRN3 ON 1538 u Any MIN WRN3 ON 1793 Any Blue Alarm Inquiry Test 139 MAJ MIN WRN 4 OFF test board UUCSS 1794 Any Blue Alarm Inquiry Test 139 MAJ MIN WRN4 OFF test board UUCSS 1795 Any...

Page 1768: ...r CSU Loopback Test 1213 3902 ae Any One Way Span Test 1214 3999 af Any None 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all tests pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate test description...

Page 1769: ...stered To be fully administered the UDS1 circuit pack must 1 Have an entry in the circuit plan using the change circuit pack command 2 Be administered using the add ds1 UUCSS command and 3 Be physical...

Page 1770: ...CSS long release board UUCSS If the error recurs within 10 minutes replace the circuit pack i Error Type 770 Unable to Write LAN Translation RAM Error This error occurs when a call is aborted because...

Page 1771: ...le or the 401A T1 Sync Splitter is physically connected to the UDS1 board on the back of the port carrier but the Near End CSU Type field on the add ds1 form has not been administered as integrated If...

Page 1772: ...and test fails Repeat the test using the commands busyout board UUCSS test ds1 loop UUCSS ds1 csu loopback tests release board UUCSS If the BLB test continues to fail then the TN464F circuit pack need...

Page 1773: ...st release board UUCSS If the attempt to deactivate the CPE Loopback Jack continues to fail other steps must be taken to deactivate the loopback r Error Type 1314 Far CSU Loopback deactivation error T...

Page 1774: ...UDS1 Interface circuit pack is restored to normal operation All trunks or ports of the UDS1 Interface circuit pack are then returned to the in service state If the board is not restored to normal oper...

Page 1775: ...ected but the call continues by using another translation location ab Error Type 3843 LAN Receive Parity Error This error occurs when the circuit pack detects an error in a received frame from the Pac...

Page 1776: ...pack was taken out of service due to hyperactivity If Error Type 1538 is not present then the circuit pack has not been taken out of service but it has generated 50 of the messages necessary to be con...

Page 1777: ...udit Test 50 X ND Control Channel Loop Test 52 X ND Loss of Signal Alarm Inquiry Test 138 X X ND Blue Alarm Inquiry Test 139 X X ND Red Alarm Inquiry Test 140 X X ND Yellow Alarm Inquiry Test 141 X X...

Page 1778: ...COTCH NPE chip has been updated with its translation 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incor...

Page 1779: ...hapter 5 3 Retry the command a few times a maximum of 5 times PASS Communication with this circuit pack is successful 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This cou...

Page 1780: ...s providing timing for the system and therefore it cannot be reset without major system disruptions 1 If the circuit pack needs to be reset then set synchronization to another DS1 Interface circuit pa...

Page 1781: ...ministered 2 If the board was already administered correctly check the error log to determine whether the board is hyperactive If this is the case the board is shut down Reseating the board will re in...

Page 1782: ...cuit pack back into the normal operation mode All trunks or ports of the UDS1 Interface circuit pack are restored to the in service state after the release board command is entered Table 529 TEST 135...

Page 1783: ...Type 1538 is present in the Error Log follow the maintenance strategy recommended for this error type 2012 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the reset board command at 1 minute intervals a maximum o...

Page 1784: ...g manual for information 5 Check the physical connection of the UDS1 Interface circuit pack to the terminating device Check premise distribution system or intra premise wiring for physical connection...

Page 1785: ...tered 2 If the board was already administered correctly check the error log to determine whether the board is hyperactive If this is the case the board is shut down Reseating the board will re initial...

Page 1786: ...nhanced Integrated CSU I CSU The 401A T1 Synchronization Splitter when combined with the functionality provided by the UDS1 circuit pack allows an ATM switch to derive its timing from a T1 connected t...

Page 1787: ...A minor alarm is raised if the error is confirmed The trunks of the board remain in service since the board is still functional except for the echo cancellation capability If a loss of signal conditio...

Page 1788: ...s that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed When hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the out...

Page 1789: ...e CSU Module s Sync Splitter s NETWORK jack 2 If the UDS1 Interface circuit pack connects to a T1 facility call the vendor of the T1 carrier to diagnose the remote DS1 endpoint If the UDS1 Interface c...

Page 1790: ...Run the test again 1301 FAIL The 120A1 CSU Module or the 401A T1 Sync Splitter or the 402A or 403A E1 Synchronization Splitter is not expected The 120A1 CSU Module or the 401A T1 Sync Splitter is not...

Page 1791: ...e Near End CSU Type field is set to integrated to allow for CSU Module T1 Sync Splitter administration remove the circuit pack and replace it with a TN464F or later suffix board Otherwise use the chan...

Page 1792: ...o fail the problem could be in the I O cable between the backplane and the CSU module T1 Sync Splitter 1312 FAIL The Integrated CSU I CSU Module Repeater Loopback RLB test 1211 failed This test is exe...

Page 1793: ...s error code the problem could be in the I O cable between the backplane and the CSU module Sync Splitter 1322 FAIL No 5 volts power detected from the UDS1 circuit pack to the CSU Module or the Sync S...

Page 1794: ...BP PASS DS1 signal is present and the physical link is healthy In addition no Integrated CSU Sync Splitter errors or echo cancellation errors are detected 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the inte...

Page 1795: ...ervice state before the Blue alarm occurs Line Loopback Alarm The Line Loopback LLB is used by the remote DS1 endpoint to put the ICSU or DS1 board into a loopback mode When the ICSU or DS1 board is i...

Page 1796: ...re detected for 15 minutes the UDS1 interface circuit pack is restored to normal operation All of the trunks for the UDS1 interface circuit pack are then returned to the in service state Hyperactivity...

Page 1797: ...e circuit pack 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane bo...

Page 1798: ...of the circuit pack into the out of service state The inquiry test runs every 10 minutes until the Red alarm is cleared When the Red alarm is cleared the UDS1 Interface circuit pack stops transmittin...

Page 1799: ...lease command has no affect on the test results 4 A list config command shows that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed NOTE When hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated fro...

Page 1800: ...e circuit pack and repeat the test If the UDS1 connects to a line side terminating device for example a PRI terminal adapter do the following 1 Verify that the switch DS1 and the line side terminating...

Page 1801: ...ble 4 Replace the local UDS1 interface circuit pack and repeat the test If the UDS1 connects to a line side terminating device for example a PRI terminal adapter do the following 1 Verify that the swi...

Page 1802: ...not already administered 2 If the board was already administered correctly check the error log to determine whether the board is hyperactive If this is the case the board is shut down Reseating the b...

Page 1803: ...the Yellow alarm is confirmed the maintenance software places all trunks or ports on the circuit pack into the out of service state The Inquiry Test runs every 10 minutes until the Yellow alarm is cle...

Page 1804: ...d has no affect on the test results 4 A list config command shows that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed NOTE When hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system...

Page 1805: ...the UDS1 connects to a line side terminating device for example a PRI terminal adapter do the following 1 Verify that the switch DS1 and the line side terminating device are administered using the sa...

Page 1806: ...DS1 connects to a line side terminating device for example a PRI terminal adapter do the following 1 Verify that the switch DS1 and the line side terminating device are administered using the same sig...

Page 1807: ...epeat the test If the UDS1 connects to a line side terminating device such as a PRI terminal adapter 1 Verify that the switch DS1 and the line side terminating device are administered using the same s...

Page 1808: ...When the Major alarm is cleared the maintenance software restores all trunks or ports on the circuit pack to their previous service state before a Major alarm occurs PASS Neither a Yellow alarm nor a...

Page 1809: ...shows that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed NOTE When hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed int...

Page 1810: ...dapter do the following 1 The performance of the DS1 link between the UDS1 interface circuit pack and the line side terminating device is very poor Enter the list measurement ds1 log UUCSS command to...

Page 1811: ...firm the Minor alarm All trunks or ports on the circuit pack are kept in the in service state after the Minor alarm is confirmed The Minor Alarm Inquiry Test runs every 10 minutes until the Minor alar...

Page 1812: ...e circuit pack and the ports are properly installed NOTE When hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of s...

Page 1813: ...ide terminating device for example a PRI terminal adapter do the following 1 The performance of the DS1 link between the UDS1 interface circuit pack and the line side terminating device is very poor E...

Page 1814: ...DS1 Interface circuit pack is used to supply the system synchronization source the MINOR alarm will initiate a synchronization source switch See TDM BUS TDM Bus and SYNC Synchronization for details PA...

Page 1815: ...shows that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed NOTE When hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into...

Page 1816: ...te DS1 endpoint 6 Check the physical connectivity of the UDS1 interface circuit packs and the cable 7 Replace the local UDS1 interface circuit pack and repeat the test 1 to 88 cont FAIL cont d If the...

Page 1817: ...entation for details A Minor alarm against the UDS1 Interface circuit pack is raised but all trunks or ports of the UDS1 Interface circuit pack remain in the in service state PASS No Slip alarm is det...

Page 1818: ...he circuit pack and the ports are properly installed NOTE When hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of...

Page 1819: ...of 5 times 2 If the DS1 interface circuit pack is a TN464C enter the list measurement ds1 log UUCSS command to read the error seconds measurement 3 Verify that both endpoints of the DS1 link are admi...

Page 1820: ...he local UDS1 interface circuit pack and repeat the test PASS No Misframe alarm is detected on the UDS1 Interface circuit pack 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board...

Page 1821: ...ith a 120A1 CSU Module or the 401A T1 Sync Splitter to form an Integrated CSU Module T1 Sync Splitter this test will also send the administration for this Integrated CSU to the circuit pack to assure...

Page 1822: ...ace if it is not already administered 2 If the board was already administered correctly check the error log to determine whether the board is hyperactive If this is the case the board is shut down Res...

Page 1823: ...and received pattern is different the test fails When the test is complete all trunks or ports on the TN464GP TN2464BPTN UDS1 Interface circuit pack are restored to the in service state after the rel...

Page 1824: ...iod This may be due to hyperactivity Error Type 1538 in the error log indicates hyperactivity The hyperactive circuit pack is out of service and one or more of the following symptoms may be exhibited...

Page 1825: ...slations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Ensure that the board translations are correct Execute the add ds1 UUCSS command to administer the UDS1 in...

Page 1826: ...up the ELB loopback transmits a test pattern and verifies that the pattern is received unaltered through the loopback If the transmitted and received pattern is different the test fails When the test...

Page 1827: ...nd 1950 ABORT Another loopback span test is already executing on the DS1 board or the board is in a network requested loopback mode Line loopback or Payload loopback The hardware error log will indica...

Page 1828: ...such a case faults such as slips misframes or blue alarms would be entered in the error log In addition many hardware errors would be logged against the associated trunk circuits If the facility is OK...

Page 1829: ...orrect Execute the add ds1 UUCSS command to administer the UDS1 interface if it is not already administered 2 If the board was already administered correctly check the error log to determine whether t...

Page 1830: ...mits a test pattern and verifies that the pattern is received unaltered through the loopback If the transmitted and received pattern is different the test fails When the test is complete all trunks or...

Page 1831: ...mand 1950 ABORT Another loopback span test is already executing on the DS1 board or the board is in a network requested loopback mode Line loopback or Payload loopback The hardware error log will indi...

Page 1832: ...When no faults are detected for 15 minutes the UDS1 interface circuit pack is restored to normal operation All of the trunks for the UDS1 interface circuit pack are then returned to the in service st...

Page 1833: ...correct Execute the add ds1 UUCSS command to administer the UDS1 interface if it is not already administered 2 If the board was already administered correctly check the error log to determine whether...

Page 1834: ...st pattern begins counting bit errors in the received test pattern and returns a PASS result to indicate that the pattern was successfully sent If the loopback is not established within the 10 seconds...

Page 1835: ...uit pack is providing timing for the system Executing this test could cause major system disruption If the UDS1 Interface circuit pack needs to be tested set the synchronization reference to another D...

Page 1836: ...runks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit pack within 15 minutes When no faults are detected for 15 minutes the UDS1 interface cir...

Page 1837: ...ociated with the test that fails 3 FAIL The CPE Loopback Jack Test was not set up properly The framed 3 in 24 test pattern generated by the UDS1 Interface circuit pack and looped back through the CPE...

Page 1838: ...t Execute the add ds1 UUCSS command to administer the UDS1 interface if it is not already administered 2 If the board was already administered correctly check the error log to determine whether the bo...

Page 1839: ...to verify the loopback has been established transmits a framed 3 in 24 test pattern begins counting bit errors in the received test pattern and returns a PASS result If the loopback is not establishe...

Page 1840: ...ing timing for the system Executing this test could cause major system disruption If the UDS1 Interface circuit pack needs to be tested set the synchronization reference to another DS1 Interface circu...

Page 1841: ...in service state Hyperactivity is often caused by the associated facility In such a case faults such as slips misframes or blue alarms would be entered in the error log In addition many hardware error...

Page 1842: ...has successfully began executing The test will continue to run until the system technician enters the test ds1 loop UUCSS end loopback span test command or the release board UUCSS command 0 NO BOARD...

Page 1843: ...ors within the received pattern The status of the One Way Span test is available in the hardware error log via Error Type 3902 Several distinct Aux values give the user information of the status of th...

Page 1844: ...ming for the system Executing this test could cause major system disruption If the UDS1 Interface circuit pack needs to be tested set the synchronization reference to another DS1 Interface circuit pac...

Page 1845: ...and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit pack within 15 minutes When no faults are detected for 15 minutes the UD...

Page 1846: ...tions are correct Execute the add ds1 UUCSS command to administer the UDS1 interface if it is not already administered 2 If the board was already administered correctly check the error log to determin...

Page 1847: ...must be busied out using the system technician busyout board command before running the Inject Single Bit Error Test The list measurements ds1 summary command displays the number of bit errors detect...

Page 1848: ...ks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit pack within 15 minutes When no faults are detected for 15 minutes the UDS1 interface circui...

Page 1849: ...the UDS1 interface if it is not already administered 2 If the board was already administered correctly check the error log to determine whether the board is hyperactive If this is the case the board i...

Page 1850: ...technician busyout board command before running this End Loopback Span Test The list measurements ds1 summary command will display the length of time the test ran Test Duration field and number of bit...

Page 1851: ...l of the trunks for the UDS1 interface circuit pack are then returned to the in service state Hyperactivity is often caused by the associated facility In such a case faults such as slips misframes or...

Page 1852: ...S1 interface if it is not already administered 2 If the board was already administered correctly check the error log to determine whether the board is hyperactive If this is the case the board is shut...

Page 1853: ...Sync Splitter is not physically installed the status LEDs are always off and this test aborts Table 547 TEST 1227 ICSU Status LEDs Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation ABORT Interna...

Page 1854: ...This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Ensure that the board translations are correct Execute the add ds1 UUCS...

Page 1855: ...ived within the allowable time period This may be due to hyperactivity Error Type 1538 in the error log indicates hyperactivity The hyperactive circuit pack is out of service and one or more of the fo...

Page 1856: ...n still be used for a T1 E1 line interface without echo cancellation This capability provides limited service for the customer until the circuit pack can be changed out PASS The Echo Cancellation feat...

Page 1857: ...gestion controls The switch activates congestion controls on VAL when it detects buffers exceeding the threshold The switch releases the congestion controls when the VAL reports that its buffer level...

Page 1858: ...nnel Loop Test 52 MINOR ON test board UUCSS l r 20 257 d 513 e 4352 4357 MINOR ON 769 f 4358 1281 1290 to 1295 g Any MINOR ON reset board UUCSS 1537 1796 h Any MINOR ON 1794 i MINOR ON 1798 j 2049 k P...

Page 1859: ...e error is logged d Error Type 257 Transient communication problem between switch and circuit pack does not affect service and can be ignored 1 Ignore this error unless the Control Channel Loop Test 5...

Page 1860: ...ror threshold has been removed from service 1 Attempt to clear the alarm reset board UUCSS 2 If the error recurs within 15 minutes replace the circuit pack i Error Type 1794 Packet bus transmit buffer...

Page 1861: ...ack b Error Type 2305 2306 Error in received frame from packet bus Most likely cause packet bus problem Other cause circuit pack fault Invalid LAPD frame errors occur when the frame contains a bad Cyc...

Page 1862: ...ket failure d Error Type 2817 2819 Congestion Query Test 600 failed The Error Types correspond to the descriptions 1 Refer to Congestion Query Test 600 for Abort and Fail 3601s e Error Type 3073 Remot...

Page 1863: ...s replace the circuit pack 5 If the same error occurs on a different circuit pack follow normal escalation procedures h Error Type 3840 Circuit pack received bad control channel message from switch Au...

Page 1864: ...these errors do not affect service m Error Type 3846 Main interprocessor error By themselves these errors do not affect service n Error Type 3848 Main internal channel error By themselves these errors...

Page 1865: ...PPE LANBIC Receive Parity Error Counter Test 595 X ND Receive FIFO Overflow Error Counter Test 596 X ND Packet Interface Test 598 X X ND Congestion Query Test 600 X X ND Link Status Test 601 X X ND Ta...

Page 1866: ...mes If the problem persists escalate the problem 1015 ABORT Port is not out of service Busyout the circuit pack busyout board UUCSS Retry the command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times If the problem...

Page 1867: ...circuit pack test response within the allowable time period Retry command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times If the problem persists reset the circuit pack reset board UUCSS If the problem persists...

Page 1868: ...Retry command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times If the problem persists reset the circuit pack reset board UUCSS If the problem persists replace the circuit pack 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the n...

Page 1869: ...lt Description Recommendation 2000 ABORT Did not receive circuit pack test response within the allowable time period Retry command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times If the problem persists reset the...

Page 1870: ...od Retry command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times If the problem persists reset the circuit pack reset board UUCSS If the problem persists replace the circuit pack 2012 ABORT Could not allocate the...

Page 1871: ...te intervals up to 5 times If command continues to fail examine the VAL port measurements to determine which ports are heavily utilized and the processor occupancy of the circuit pack A Low processor...

Page 1872: ...Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 2100 ABORT Internal system error Retry command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times If the problem persists escalate the problem 2 FA...

Page 1873: ...dware Figure Notes 1 TN2501AP VAL announcement circuit pack 2 System access terminal SAT 3 Switch 4 Phone for recording announcements 5 TN799C C LAN is required when using IP SAT or VAL Manager 6 Your...

Page 1874: ...LEDs on the TN2051AP faceplate Descriptions of each LED are in Table 558 Figure 61 TN2501AP faceplate LEDs The following table lists the TN2501AP faceplate LEDs the type of behavior on off flashing or...

Page 1875: ...he circuit pack during firmware download If this happens FTP a new firmware image file to the VAL circuit pack and perform the Firmware download procedure again Amber Fast flash 100ms on 100ms off Occ...

Page 1876: ...s the cable category and connection port Figure Notes 1 Amphenol connector attaches to the back of the switch cabinet corresponding to the TN2501AP circuit pack slot 2 RJ 45 LAN cable connection 10 Mb...

Page 1877: ...busying out a port on the VAL circuit pack busyout port reset board Re initialize the circuit pack in the system and upload announcement file information reset val Reset the circuit pack if it is in t...

Page 1878: ...End an FTP session into a specific TN2501AP circuit pack set ethernet options Manually or automatically set the ethernet connection parameters get ethernet options Generate a report about a specific e...

Page 1879: ...he congestion controls when the VAL reports that its buffer level has returned to normal levels MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 UU is the universal cabinet number 1 for PPN...

Page 1880: ...Clear the alarm test port UUCSSpp long clear c Error Type 3585 TDM Port Looparound Test 1285 failed 1 Test the port test port UUCsspp long 2 Refer to TDM Looparound Test 1285 repair procedure Table 5...

Page 1881: ...it has a tone receiver receive tones on another timeslot The tones are looped through the record playback port Test failure indicates failure of one or more of the following components VAL TN2501 circ...

Page 1882: ...se within the allowable time period If this problem persists reset the circuit pack busyout board UUCSS reset board UUCSS and release board UUCSS Repeat the test If the problem persists replace the ci...

Page 1883: ...ate with the busyout port UUCSS command This command is destructive tearing down all calls and links using the port 1002 ABORT No TDM bus timeslots available for the test Retry the command at 1 minute...

Page 1884: ...problem persists reset the circuit pack busyout board UUCSS reset board UUCSS and release board UUCSS If the problem persists replace the circuit pack PASS Port circuitry functioning properly MO Name...

Page 1885: ...s not Vintage 2 or later it must be replaced b This circuit pack is busied out by the busyout board PCSS command Table 564 VC BD Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Of...

Page 1886: ...cuit pack f The circuit pack cannot update NPE memory and read it back This error type can be ignored but it may lead to other error types being reported against this circuit pack g A critical hardwar...

Page 1887: ...System Technician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Code CAUTION If the TN788 Voice Conditioner Circuit Pack VC BD is not Vintage 2 or later it must be replaced Note a Refer to the repair procedur...

Page 1888: ...02 etc Full Name of MO VC DSPPT MAJOR test port PCSSpp l r Voice Conditioner DSP Port VC DSPPT MINOR test port PCSSpp l r Voice Conditioner DSP Port VC DSPPT WARNING test port PCSSpp l r Voice Condit...

Page 1889: ...he VC DSP port reported loss of framing on the Service Channel between the VC and MMI circuit packs f The VC DSP Port DSP Loopback Test 1105 failed g The DSP corresponding to this port on the VC circu...

Page 1890: ...gure 63 on page 1891 1 A looparound test across the TDM bus 2 A conference circuit test The tests are run in the above order if one test fails an error code is returned and the remaining tests in the...

Page 1891: ...VC DSPPT Issue 5 October 2002 1891 555 233 119 Figure 63 VC Circuit Pack DSP Port Local TDM Loopback Test...

Page 1892: ...on exists retry the test at 1 minute intervals 1004 ABORT The port is seized by a user for a valid call Use the status station command for the station associated with this port and determine if the po...

Page 1893: ...his test verifies the connectivity of a VC DSPPT across the TDM bus as shown in Figure 64 It aborts if calls associated with the port are in progress Failure of this test indicates an on board fault a...

Page 1894: ...Resolve any TONE PT Tone Generator errors 3 If neither condition exists retry the test at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1004 ABORT The port has been seized by a user for a valid call Use th...

Page 1895: ...ot available or the port may be busy with a call 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1015 ABORT The VC DSPPT is not busied out 1 Busy out the VC DSPPT by executing the busy...

Page 1896: ...al ports 8 ports are reserved for VC DSPPT ports and the remaining 8 ports are designated as VC SUMPT ports The 8 DSP ports are made up of 4 encoder and 4 decoder resources that encode and decode audi...

Page 1897: ...or service to be equal to or more than the calculated port capacity value entered in the VCs field To determine how many VC circuit packs are needed for the MMCH feature 1 Display the System Parameter...

Page 1898: ...following the procedures below 1 See VC DSPPT and VC BD and resolve any associated alarms 2 If a VC LEV error alarm exist and none has been raised against VC BD or VC DSPPT maintenance objects a VC c...

Page 1899: ...lot in the carrier where the circuit pack is located for example 01 02 etc Full Name of MO VC SUMPT MAJ test port PCSS l r Voice Conditioner Summer Port VC SUMPT MIN test port PCSS l r Voice Condition...

Page 1900: ...error codes associated with the TDM Loopback Test for example you may also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence NPE Crosstalk Test 6 This test is destructive The NPE Crosst...

Page 1901: ...t executed Table 572 TEST 6 NPE Crosstalk Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1000 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available The port may be busy with a val...

Page 1902: ...Maintenance Objects 1902 Issue 5 October 2002 Figure 65 VC Circuit Pack Summer Port Loopback Test...

Page 1903: ...T Tone Generator errors 3 If neither condition exists retry the test at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1004 ABORT The port has been seized by a user for a valid call Use the status station co...

Page 1904: ...red as Access Endpoints and they have no signaling interface to the switch Instead they simply transmit and receive data Some applications detect and respond to the presence or absence of data Calls a...

Page 1905: ...ever because maintenance capabilities are limited to the Wideband Access Endpoint interface and because faults can occur end to end troubleshooting procedures based on an end to end view of the networ...

Page 1906: ...extension command and verify the status of the port If the wideband access endpoint is out of service enter the release access endpoint extension command to put it back to in service Retry the test c...

Page 1907: ...ther connections If the NPE is not working correctly one way and noisy connections may be observed This test is usually only part of a port s Long Test Sequence and it takes between 20 and 30 seconds...

Page 1908: ...minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1004 ABORT The port has been seized by a user for a valid call Use the status access endpoint extension command to determine when the port is available for testi...

Page 1909: ...mine when the port is available for testing 1004 ABORT The port has been seized by a user for a valid call Use the status access endpoint extension command to determine when the port is available for...

Page 1910: ...e port is busied out 1 Issue release access endpoint extension command to put the port back into in service 2 Retry the test command If the port is not busied out 1 Check the error and alarm logs for...

Page 1911: ...nd Pooled Modem circuit packs approximately 21 minutes elapse before an alarm is logged When a circuit pack that has been removed is alarmed the alarm type is minor and is classified as an on board al...

Page 1912: ...ard Dialing Trunk Port TN437 Tie Trunk Port TN438B Central Office Trunk Port TN439 Tie Trunk Port TN447 Central Office Trunk Port TN457 Speech Synthesizer Service TN458 Tie Trunk Port TN459B Direct In...

Page 1913: ...ort TN2136 Digital Line 2 Wire DCP Port TN2138 Central Office Trunk Port TN2139 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk Port TN2140 B Tie Trunk Port TN2144 Analog Line Port TN2146 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk Port...

Page 1914: ...1 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all tests pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the recommended procedures 0 Any Any Any test board PCSS sh r 1...

Page 1915: ...rcuit pack inserted e This error indicates transient communication problems with this circuit pack This error is not service affecting and no action is required f This error when reported with Aux dat...

Page 1916: ...it pack was taken out of service due to hyperactivity If error type 1538 is not present then the circuit pack has not been taken out of service but it has generated 50 of the messages necessary to be...

Page 1917: ...ack s NPEs have been updated with their translation EXTRA BD Certain circuit packs have limitations on how many circuit packs can be in the system such as the Call Classifier TN744 The Call Classifier...

Page 1918: ...etermine the station extension Use the status station command to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use the port is unavailable for certain test...

Page 1919: ...he Analog Line circuit pack does not support the Ringing Application Circuit Test Analog Line circuit packs that DO NOT support Test 51 include TN742 Vintage 3 and earlier any NO BOARD This is normal...

Page 1920: ...he command for a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test still fails issue the busyout board reset board and release busy board commands and then retest 3 If the problem continues replace the circuit pack 4...

Page 1921: ...et synchronization to another DS1 interface circuit pack or the Tone Clock circuit pack and try again Refer to SYNC Synchronization Maintenance documentation 1015 ABORT Port is not out of service 1 Bu...

Page 1922: ...aborted Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the station extension Use the status station command to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port i...

Page 1923: ...ed to neon the test continues to abort This is acceptable because not all stations have neon lamps on their analog terminals If none of the terminals have neon lamps the test continues to abort but no...

Page 1924: ...OARD This is normal if the test is being done when a the circuit pack is not physically in the system or b the system is booting up Otherwise there is some inconsistency between the physical configura...

Page 1925: ...fication of Terminals and Trunks 74 C cabinets configurations 46 carrier lead appearances 110 cross connect field 84 channel associated signaling CAS 1753 circuit packs administration 1763 Net Packet...

Page 1926: ...1221 H 323 IP Station 1230 H323 BCH 1221 H323 SGRP 1223 help terminal set up commands 162 I impedance setting 126 Incomplete Command Time out 858 1067 Internet Telephony Server ITS E 1342 ISDN PRI DS0...

Page 1927: ...est 103 1511 MTP Aux Loop Around Test 229 1511 MTP Dual Port Ram Test 104 1511 MTP Outpulse Relay Test 102 1511 MTP Reset Test 101 1511 MTP Sanity Handshake Test 106 1511 N neon voltage ring ping 51 N...

Page 1928: ...1850 122 Cabinet Temperature Query Test Non Variable Speed Fans 849 1227 ICSU Status LEDs Test 1144 1853 13 Voice and Control Channel Local Loop Test 1040 135 Internal Loop Around Test 1084 1782 138...

Page 1929: ...7 1276 1382 7 Conference Circuit Test 645 905 1052 844 848 Transmission Test 936 1712 884 Memory Checksum Test 1264 1473 885 Private Loop Around Tests 1475 886 Maintenance Loop Around Test 1477 887 Re...

Page 1930: ...n 1753 TTT see Terminating Trunk Transmission TTT U UDS1 Interface Circuit Pack 1753 universal DS1 UDS1 interface circuit packs 1069 1265 1342 1374 1753 1763 V Voice Announcements over LAN VAL backpla...

Reviews:

No comments